get Help("ShowBalloon", line 5 of gBalloon,,the rect of target,the mouseLoc)
end mouseEnter
</script>
</part>
<part>
<id>23</id>
<type>field</type>
<visible> <false /> </visible>
<dontWrap> <false /> </dontWrap>
<dontSearch> <false /> </dontSearch>
<sharedText> <false /> </sharedText>
<fixedLineHeight> <false /> </fixedLineHeight>
<autoTab> <false /> </autoTab>
<lockText> <false /> </lockText>
<rect>
<left>3</left>
<top>3</top>
<right>506</right>
<bottom>336</bottom>
</rect>
<style>rectangle</style>
<autoSelect> <false /> </autoSelect>
<showLines> <false /> </showLines>
<wideMargins> <false /> </wideMargins>
<multipleLines> <false /> </multipleLines>
<reservedFamily> 0 </reservedFamily>
<titleWidth>0</titleWidth>
<icon>0</icon>
<textAlign>left</textAlign>
<font>Palatino</font>
<textSize>12</textSize>
<textStyle>plain</textStyle>
<textHeight>16</textHeight>
<name>printing</name>
<script></script>
</part>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>8</id>
<text>Introduction</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>card</layer>
<id>14</id>
<text> Welcome to the Developer CD Contents Catalog, a simple-to-use tool for searching and navigating the Developer CD series. It consists of a series of package information screens, which provide the following information about each package on the CD:
• title
• brief description
• list of files in the package
• revision information
The Open Folder button on each package info screen allows you to directly open the package's folder on the Developer CD.
The Browser button takes you to the Browser screen, where you can easily view and navigate through different sets of entries (e.g. New and Revised packages.)
The Find… button and menu item allow you to do full-text searches of this catalog's contents.
</text>
</content>
<name>Intro</name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_9820.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>4PM is a program that can be used to control and access the performance monitoring features of the PowerPC 604, G3 and G4 microprocessors and the performance monitoring features of the MPC106 memory controller. Counters can be turned on and off using a 'hot key' or by linking with the included 4PM library.
4PM application for configuring and controlling the counters. 4PM Library for linking with applications.
Requires: PowerPC 604 or greater.
Keywords: performance, hardware, PowerPC,bandwidth, cpi, 'cache miss rates', 'performance counters'</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>4PM 5 0 Doc.pdf
4PM 5.0
4PM Library 1 0 Doc.pdf
4PMLibrary 1.0
4PMLibrary.h</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 99
Jul 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_2235.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Virtual User tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: 5thColumn‚Ñ¢ allows one CPU to control or get information on another CPU remotely. This is done by executing functions over an AppleTalk network (LocalTalk, EtherTalk, TokenTalk).
Features: 5thColumn‚Ñ¢ can synchronize clocks, shutdown, restart, take screen shots, launch applications, read memory, get gestalt information, delete files/folders, get directory IDs and drop CPU into MacsBug executing commands.
Requires: Runs on all Macintoshes and system software. As of now it needs MPW on the controlling end.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Virtual User tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol IV
Vol VI
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_4545.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Summary: Includes the A/ROSE v1.2.1 System Extension, including the associated interface files and object modules. Latest update for the A/ROSE software, v1.2.1, required for Apple Macintosh Coprocessor based NuBus cards such as the Ethernet NB, TokenTalk NB, and TokenRing 4/16 NB cards running on the PowerPC system. See the document "Release Notes 1.2.1" for details.
Requires: System 6.0.5 or greater, MacPlus or later CPU.
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Tool Chest:MacApp:Ad Lib:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Ad Lib is a graphical view editor which is used to create and edit view resources for MacApp-based applications.
Ad Lib v3.0.1 provides compatibility with Mac OS 9 and fixes many bugs found in Ad Lib 3.0. There is one new feature, a log file that is written when resource tables are rebuilt. Logging can be disabled by checking a box in the dialog that prompts for a table rebuild or conversion.
Requires: PPC only, Mac OS 7.5 or later
A license agreement is presented when the product is installed to which the person installing Ad Lib must agree before installation will proceed.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Devices:Apple Desktop Bus:ADB Analyzer 1.0d6:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This tool allows the developer to monitor the ADB Bus on a host Macintosh. It will capture a sequence of packets and display them in both packet and trace forms.
Features: User can specify an ADB command to trigger the capture.
Issues: Special cable needs to be made to adapt the ADB bus to the host Macs modem port. Menu item shows cable diagram.
Requires a Mac SE or later machine for the host.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>ADB Analyzer</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_5520.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Devices:Apple Desktop Bus:ADBReInit 1.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This Extension patches a bug in system software which can cause the PowerBook 140/170 and the Quadras to crash when _ADBReInit is called.
Requires: PowerBook 140/170 or the Quadra 700/900/950
Keywords: ADB
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>ADBReInit
ADBReInit Note
ADBReInit Note.txt</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_6107.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Utilities:Acrobat Reader 4.0.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>The free Adobe® Acrobat™ Reader allows you to view, navigate, and print PDF files across all major computing platforms. Acrobat Reader is the free viewing companion to Adobe Acrobat 3.0 and to Acrobat Capture® software.
For full instructions on using the Acrobat Reader please see the Acrobat Reader 3.0 Online Guide, which can be found in the file READER.PDF in the Help folder (which is in the same folder as the Acrobat Reader). When using Acrobat Reader, selecting the Help > Reader Online Guide menu will open READER.PDF automatically. (Note: the Help menu is the second menu from the right and is indicated by a Question mark icon.)
Adobe encourages you to register as an Acrobat Reader user; letting us know who you are helps us continue to provide you with better products, better service, and the most up-to-date information on Adobe Acrobat. If you have not already registered, please do so at:
http://www.adobe.com/acrobat/register.html
To view the latest information on Acrobat, please go to:
http://www.adobe.com/acrobat/
The person installing this package must agree to a license agreement presented during the installation process.
Required:
System Requirements
- Macintosh computer with 68020 (Macintosh II series) or greater processor (including all Power Macintosh computers).
- MacOS 7.0 or later
- 3300 KB application RAM for 680x0-based Macintosh or Power Macintosh with Virtual Memory turned on; 5227 KB for Power Macintosh with Virtual Memory turned off
- 8 MB hard disk space, plus 4.4 MB additional temporary disk space available during installation
- For viewing PDF files inside a Web browser, Netscape Navigator 3.0 or later (3.0.1 or later recommended)
(Netscape Navigator 2.0.2 can also be used with limitations; e.g., it will not allow you to submit a PDF form, and operations such as printing PDF files from within Netscape Navigator 2.0.2 can crash your Mac.)
You may also be able to use other Web browsers that fully support the Netscape APIs.
Keywords: Adobe, Acrobat, Reader, PDF</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Reader Installer</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
Feb 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_6567.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Interapplication Communication:AE Sample Applications:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This folder contains sample applications that demonstrate how to develop applications that support Apple Events and the Object Model.
7Edit is a simple text editor that is recordable and scriptable. It includes sample C and Pascal code demonstrating how to develop a recordable, scriptable application using Apple events, the Object Model, and AppleScript. Supports the Core and Text suite of events.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Interapplication Communication:AE Tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This folder contains tools that are useful in developing Apple event-aware applications.
Features: Tools that will test and debug Apple events; build 'aete' resources; build, send, and verify Apple event records; debug the OSL; MacsBug dcmds; FKEYS; send Apple events via XCMDS; and more.
Requires: System 7.0 is required with the AEM extension.
Keywords: AE, Apple Events, AppleEvents</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>AE Coercion INIT:
AEGizmos 1.4.2:
Aete Editor Stack 1.0b3:
AETracker 3.0:
AutoGuest:
FKEYs:
Macsbug Resources:
OSL + Debug Hack 1.0b1:
ResEdit 'aete' Editor 1.0b4:
ResEdit 'scpt' Editor:
SendAE MPW Tool 1.1:
SendAE Test Tool 0.3:
SignatureToApp 1.1:
Tools•Read Me</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 92
May 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_7114.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Interapplication Communication:AE Tools:AETracker 3.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: AETracker is an INIT/Control Panel that allows you to monitor and collect a record of all AppleEvent Manager activity on your machine
AETracker records all AppleEvent Manager activity on your machine, and places the output in an MPW readable text file.
This allows you the ability to track down bugs and problem code quickly, you can see the exact sequence of calls your (or other) application is making, and the data given to and the results returned from the call.
Features: AET 3.0 includes many enhancements, including more speed, and external programmatic interface, and MacsBug symbol recording. Please see the Read Me for complete details.
Requires System 7.0 or later. Any System 7 capable Macintosh
Keywords: AE, Apple Events, AppleEvents
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>AETracker
AETracker Monitor:
AETracker • Read
AETracker.h
Programmatic Interface - AET</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 92
Oct 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_9607.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:aevt dcmd:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>The aevt (Apple event) dcmd is a MacsBug tool that displays a formatted listing of the contents of an AppleEvent record. It is most useful when used in conjuntion with an ATB or TVB set on AESend to examine the contents of an event being sent or the result returned.
Much improved on the previous version, including many bug fixes and several enhancement to display format and additional type displays.
Requires: MacsBug
Keywords: MacsBug, AppleEvent, apple event, dcmd</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>aevt
ReadMe - aevt dcmd</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_10170.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:AIAT:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>The Apple Information Access Toolkit (AIAT) is an object-oriented information access engine that provides required capabilities to index, search, and analyze large volumes of documents. The AIAT, formerly known by its code name “V-Twin,” is a collection of tools which can be used separately or together to perform a variety of information access tasks.
New feaures of AIAT 1.1 include:
• Document summarization - rank sentences within a document
• Document routing - specify arbitrary document categories and route documents among them
• Incremental accessor updating
• Improved related terms algorithm
Requires: Metrowerks CodeWarrior Pro version 1 or Metrowerks CodeWarrior Pro version 2
Contact Apple's Software Licensing Department for licensing information
Keywords: search, index, vtwin, summary</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>AIAT 1.0 Manual.pdf
AIAT 1.1 Changes.pdf
AIAT ReadMe
Examples:
Headers:
Libraries:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 97
Jun 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_10271.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Summary: A HyperCard XFCN to create, save, and resolve aliases.
Features: Includes a demonstration, documentation, and complete source code. This is version 1.3. Previous version was 1.1d2. New features include the addition of ResolveAliasToPath and a fix to stop a "Write to NIL."
Requires: HyperCard 2.1 and System 7
Keywords: Alias, HyperCard, System 7</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Alias XFCN RN 1.3
aliasLab
buildXCMD
makefileAlias
makeout
object:
source:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol VII
Aug 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_10672.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Appearance SDK 1.0.4:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This is an update to the Appearance 1.0.3 SDK.
This SDK release updates the .Keyboard font 3.1 that shipped with Mac OS 8.6. All other information in the SDK is the same. The 3.1 version of the .Keyboard font contains fifteen additional glyphs for displaying the function keys F1 to F15 in menus and dialogs.
Keywords: Appearance, .Keyboard, function keys</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>.Keyboard
Appearance
Appearance Extension
Appearance Sample Code:
Appearance SDK Read Me
Appearance Versions:
AppearanceCDEV
Documents:
Prefs for use with System 7.x:
Tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Oct 98
Sep 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_10883.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Apple Data Detectors SDK:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Apple Data Detectors is a technology that scans text searching for "data" and then offers actions to take on that "data". For example, if it finds an e-mail address, it might offer an action "Send e-mail to...". The user interface used to access Apple Data Detectors is the Contextual Menu. The user 1) selects text, 2) holds down the control-key and clicks, 3) is presented with a popup menu of actions, and 4) chooses one of those actions for execution. Apple Data Detectors has a plug-in to the Contextual Menu which provides it the opportunity to populate the Contextual Menu when the user selects text.
The data that ADD searches for and the actions that can be taken on the data is developer extensible. The detectors are written using regular expressions and the actions are written using AppleScript.
This package is the SDK which provides documentation and a tool for creating new detectors and actions.
Features: Apple Data Detectors Extension - provides base functionality Apple Data Detectors (control panel) - allows user to configure which detectors and actions should be enabled
Apple Data Detectors Scripting (scripting addition) - provides terminology to AppleScript so developers can develop new actions with the Script Editor Detector Editor (tool) - helps developer to more easily create and test new detectors
Requires: PowerPC processor required
Internet Address Detectors 1.0.1 requires Mac OS 8 or laterApple Data Detectors 1.0.2 (SDK) extension and control panel require Mac OS 7.6 or later
Detector Editor requires Mac OS 8 or later
Apple initially shipped Internet Address Detectors 1.0.1 as the premiere set of detectors and actions using the technology Apple Data Detectors. This was limited to Mac OS 8 only. Now, developers can write new detectors and actions and deliver this functionality to users who are running Mac OS 7.6 because the extension and control panel for the SDK (1.0.2) have been qualified to work on Mac OS 7.6 or later. Note that developers will also have to redistribute the Contextual Menu and Text Encoding Converter because Apple Data Detectors is dependent on them.
Keywords: detector, contextual menu, Apple Data Detectors, ADD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Apple Data Detectors SDK:
Internet Address Detectors 101:
Read Me</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_11246.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Summary: This stack contains a collection of Apple Event XCMDs and handlers which can be used to send Apple events to Apple event-aware applications from HyperCard. It replaces the SendAppleEvent XCMD stack which has been previously distributed via AppleLink and Apple's Developer CD. Object specifiers and AERecords are now supported in this stack! With this HyperCard stack, you may easily create and send Apple events to an application. By reading an application's 'aete' resource, which generates glue routines, you can "test drive" the application by sending it events that it supports.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Apple Event XCMDs b3
Apple Event XCMDs Doc</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_11665.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Apple Game Sprockets:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Apple Game Sprockets are Apple's solution for Developers writing games on the Macintosh. They include NetSprocket, for network games; InputSprocket, for joysticks and other game devices; DrawSprocket, providing access to page flipping and double buffering in a single API; and SoundSprocket for 3D sound.
This version of the Game Sprockets requires System 7.6.1 or later. All Sprockets but Sound Sprocket will run on both 68K and PowerPC machines.
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Human Interface:Apple Grayscale Appearance:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The Apple Grayscale Appearance for System 7.5 specification provides the information you need to create a grayscale appearance for System 7.5 products. It consists of an Acrobat document and two folders of SimpleText files of enlarged graphics showing the details of human interface elements.
Note: Technically, any alterations made to elements of the System 7 interface require system patches and custom window, control and menu definitions that will likely conflict with the Appearance Manager when that application is run under Copland. These custom elements will likely not be able to switch to the different themes in Copland and instead they will visually remain as they were coded. To aid in the transition to Copland, Apple is providing the Apple Grayscale Appearance For System 7.5 specification for creating a grayscale appearance in System 7.5 products that is consistent with the default grayscale theme in Copland. While coding to the grayscale appearance specification for System 7.5 will give an application the appearance of the default grayscale theme for Copland, it carries with it the risk of incompatability that any custom interface definitions will have when switching themes under Copland.
This version of Apple Grayscale Appearance for System 7.5 contains an updated appearance for the disabled state of all windows, dialog boxes, and controls. In response to feedback from developers and users regarding the difficulty of distinguishing active windows from inactive windows, we have changed the appearance of all inactive windows and disabled controls. This updated appearance gives users better feedback about inactive windows and dialog boxes. It also provides more affordance in the active windows and enabled controls.
This version of the document also contains the appearance for tab panels (tabs and content panes) which appear in dialog boxes. It shows tabs in small and large sizes.
Use of the Grayscale Appearance design in non-Apple operating systems and/or third-party applications designed for execution on such systems is strictly prohibited.
Requires: SimpleText 1.2 or later, Acrobat Exchange 2.0 or later
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>100% View Files:
7/96 Apple Grayscale Appearance
Linked Files:
Transitions To Mac OS 8 Themes
Updated Grayscale Appearance</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Apr 96
Sep 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_12272.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Apple Guide:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>NOTE: The Apple Guide SDK is intended for those developers wishing to develop for Mac OS 8.x and 9.x only. Apple will not port the underlying Apple Guide technology to Mac OS X. We encourage developers to transition to the new HTML based Apple Help wherever possible and minimize your reliance on Apple Guide technologies.
This folder contains updates to the Apple Guide SDK.
Apple Guide: the 2.1.1 version of the Apple Guide system extension (Apple Guide is part of System 7.5. or greater and will now work with System 7.0 and greater as well as OpenDoc)!
Apple Guide Debug: an alternate 2.0.2 version of the Apple Guide system extension that allows you to debug guide files with the Guide Maker diagnose utility. This version is intended for use by authors using Guide Maker; it provides no additional benefit for end users.
Apple Guide 2.1.1 Dev Rel Notes: Apple Guide 2.1.1 Developer Release Notes. See this file and the Develop article below for what's new in Apple Guide 2.1.
PowerMacs w/Sys 7.1.2: Apple Guide Support for PowerMacs with System 7.1.2.
all pre-7.5 systems: Apple Guide Support for System 7.0 and greater.
Not required for System 7.5 or greater.
SharedLibs: Apple Guide shared library Support for CFM 68K & PPC.
Apple GuidePlugIn 1.0: Apple Guide Support for OpenDoc.
Using Apple Guide 2.1.1: Develop issue 27 article explaining the new features in Apple Guide 2.1.
Apple Guide 2.1.1 Resources: New Apple Guide 2.1 resources types explained in the article above.
NEW FEATURES IN APPLE GUIDE 2.1.1
Apple Guide now supports help access from OpenDoc processes, which involves numerous parts and not a single application process as in the previous help environment. For information on providing guide files for OpenDoc parts, please see the Develop Issue 27 Article titled "Using Apple Guide 2.1, OpenDoc".
Now supports the ability to access multiple guide files combining the topic areas, index, and look for content across all open guide files.
There is now CFM 68k glue code present for 68k apps that want to link with the 'AppleGuideGlueLib.68K' shared library code.
Applications no longer have to build and handle the Help menu if they want their guide files to reside in a folder other than the application's folder. By including a Guide Directory resource (type = 'gdir'; id = -16384) in their application, they can specify a directory for AG to search for guide files other than the application's directory. See 'Guide Directory Resource' topic below.
Whether an application has guide files or not, Apple Guide was searching through the app's directory 5 different times for guide files. This is now a single search and is much faster. Any guide file information found is cached for performance.
Requires: MacOS 7.0 or greater.
Keywords: Apple Guide, Help Systems</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Apple Guide 2.1.1:
Apple Guide 2.1.1 Read Me First
Authoring:
Engineering:
Goodies:
Japanese Resources:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 95
Jul 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_2968.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Apple Help SDK 1.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>The contents of this SDK enable developers to create html based help files that can be used with the Apple Help on Mac OS 8.6 or later systems. The SDK contains the Apple Help documentation, the tools necessary to create Sherlock type indexes, example help files and a tutorial.
This is the initial release of the Apple Help SDK and is compatible with Mac OS 8.6 and later systems.
Requires: Mac OS 8.6 or later systems
Keywords: Apple Help, HTML, Apple Guide</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Apple Help SDK.smi</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Oct 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_12514.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Localization:Apple International Glossaries:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The Apple International Glossaries contains translations for 1337 MacOS terms in 34 languages.
The "Apple International Glossaries" folder contains a Read Me file and 3 sub-folders:
1. Apple Int'l Glossaries (TXT); this folder contains text file format.
2. Apple Int'l Glossaries (SS); this folder contains Claris Works 4.0 spreadsheet file format.
3. Apple Int'l Glossaries (LG); this folder contains AppleGlot file format.
Features:
• As a developer, you save time and money in the localization process. Now you can translate all resources that contain standard MacOS terminology automatically.
• Your localized products will be more consistent with the translated MacOS.
• To look up a specific term easily, we have provided the Glossaries as ClarisWorks spreadsheet (SS) tables. You can find these in the folder "Apple Glossaries (SS)".
• To import the Glossaries into other spreadsheets or databases, we have also provided them as tab-delimited text files. You can find these in the folder "Apple Glossaries (TXT)".
• To automatically pre-translate your product, we have provided the AppleGlot Language Glossaries (LG) files. You can find these in the folder "Apple Glossaries (LG)".
Requires: Any Mac 68030 or later or any PowerPC, System 7.0 or later.
Issues: When you use these Glossaries for your localization efforts, you will also want to be sure to have your translations tested for accuracy, as mere word substitution will not, in some cases, satisfy grammatical requirements.
Keywords: International, Glossaries
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Apple International Glossar.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_12704.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Apple Location Manager:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Apple Location Manager allows users to switch groups of settings all at the same time in one step (such as when moving from location to location). This SDK contains a complete Location Manager Module with source, and documentation on other ways developers can integrate ALM support into their products.
Contains a new version of ALM (2.0.1) for developer use.
MacOS 8 is required for ALM 2.0. ALM 1.0.2 will install on System 7.6 or 7.6.1.
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Misc. Standards:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This document discusses Apple's new role in creating and supporting national and international standards for data interchange and temporal media data formats.
Requires: Adobe Acrobat Reader.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Apple Standards
AppleSingle/AppleDouble Format:
BinHex 4.0:
Mac OS Text Encodings:
MacBinary:
Multimedia Standards:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol VIII
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_13756.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Publication Guides:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The February 1994 edition of the Apple Publications Style Guide provides developers with the most up-to-date style conventions used in Apple documentation. Included are general rules for style and usage, in addition to appendixes on technical notation, units of measure, how to write balloons, how to create a glossary, and a Newton Style Guide.
This extensive revision has added many new terms and deleted obsolete ones. It includes new appendixes for writing a glossary and a Newton Style Guide.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Developer Utilities:Apple Sys Profiler 1.3.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Apple System Profiler (ASP) lets you gather information about the configuration of your computer. The information that ASP reports may be useful if you place a call to the Apple User Assistance Center or for recording system configurations during testing.
If you have one of the computers listed below, we recommend that you install Apple System Profiler now. Note that you MUST be running Mac OS version 7.5.2 or 7.5.3 or later to successfully install Apple System Profiler.
* Power Macintosh 9500, 8500, 8100, 7600, 7500, 7200, 7100, 6100, 5400, 5300 and 5200 series.
* PowerBook 5300, 2300 and 190 series.
* Macintosh Performa 6300, 6200, 6100, 5300 and 5200 series.
Apple System Profiler will only install on the computers listed above. Do NOT attempt to install iton any other computers.
Installation instructions:
1. Locate the Apple System Profiler Installer. It is in the same folder as this document.
2. Double-click on the Apple System Profiler Installer application.
You'll see a confirmation message when installation is complete. The Apple System Profiler will be placed in the Apple menu. To use ASP, open the Apple menu and choose Apple System Profiler.
Requires: System 7.5.2 or later
Keywords: ASP, Profiler, Apple System</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Apple Sys Profiler 1.3.1 Info
Apple Sys Profiler 1.3.1.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_14194.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Localization:AppleGlot:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: AppleGlot 2.4b6 is a text translation tool used by the Apple Localizers to localize Apple Software. AppleGlot extracts the text out of a resource file and dumps it into a text file for translation. Once translated, AppleGlot then replaces the original text by its translation into the resource file. In addition to the regular translation, AppleGlot handles updates from one version to another, and copies over resizeable items.
Features:
• supports 'RMAP' resources to remap to a different template
• can treat the datafork as a resource
• environement relative batch file
• P0nn retry logic
• file specific templates in a _FileInfo folder
• auto association by name
• bug fixes : size fields, speed zone (see 'What's New')
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:AppleScript SDK:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: AppleScript is an easy-to-use scripting language that is as consistent across applications as the Macintosh graphical interface itself. AppleScript is designed to meet a wide range of user needs and levels of experience. Through implementation of this scripting system at the system software level, Apple has made scripting an integral part of the Macintosh computing environment, as common to Macintosh applications as copy-and-paste editing.
This package contains documentation (user and developer documentation), AppleScript software, sample code and sample scripts for modifying or creating your own AppleScript scripts.
Keywords: AppleScript, scripting, Apple Event,Folder Actions </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>AppleScript 1.3.4 SDK.smi</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Apr 93
Mar 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_14806.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Summary: The AppleShare Developer’s Kit documentation contains all the information you need to use server control calls, handle server events, and use the routines in UGLibrary. This disk contains the interface files needed to use server control calls, handle server events, and use the routines in UGLibrary. The AppleShare API - Read Me First document presents the following additional information:
• Information about the UGLibrary version 1.0.1.
• A clarification on restrictions in the use of UGLibrary version 1.0 and 1.0.1.
• A description of the files in the Power PC AppleShare API folder
• A description of the files in the Extras folder.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>AppleShare API - Read Me First
Documentation:
Extras:
PowerPC AppleShare API:
ServerControl:
ServerEvent:
UGLibrary:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Apr 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_15257.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:AppleShare IP SDK:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Continuing to offer the traditional server software suite, AppleShare IP 6.2 now supports Mac OS 8.6, shared users & group databases among networked servers, default home directory support, integrated Sherlock web server searching, and more. Within this SDK, you will find detailed developer documentation, interfaces, libraries and sample code that will allow you to develop your applications and plug-ins for the AppleShare IP APIs. Most of the files provided with this SDK are identical to those provided with the ASIP 6.1 SDK. Refer to the SDK Read Me for those changes with the ASIP 6.2 SDK.
ASIP Server Controls/Events folder (containing headers, samples, documentation)
ASIP User Authentication Module folder (containing headers, samples, documentation)
Obsolete/Pre-ASIP 6.0 folder (containing older SDK packages and ASIP software)
Any Power Macintosh computer, iMac, or Macintosh Server with a G3, 604e, 604, or 601 microprocessor, or a 6500 series computer with a 603e microprocessor.
For AppleShare Client 3.8.3, Mac OS 8.6 is recommended; minimum requirement is Mac OS 7.6 or later.
Header files, libraries, samples use CodeWarrior Pro 3 or later.
<text>Dev.CD Apr 98 SDK1:Development Kits (Disc 1):AppleShare IP API:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This Developer's Kit package includes only AppleShare IP API documentation at this time. The AppleShare IP Developer's Kit documentation contains all the information you need to use server control calls, handle server events, and support AFP protocol version 2.2, including AFP over TCP/IP.
Released April 98.
Dev.CD SDK
Requires: AppleShare IP 5.0.2 requires Mac OS 8, with Open Transport 1.2.1, and any Macintosh computer or Workgroup Server that uses a PowerPC 601, 604, 604e processors.
AppleShare IP 5.0 requires System Software 7.6, Open Transport 1.1.2, and any Macintosh computer or Workgroup Server that uses a PowerPC 601, 604, 604e processors.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Networking:AppleTalk and PPP:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This package includes the draft specifications for running AppleTalk over the Point-to-Point Protocol. If you want to implement AppleTalk running over the Point-to-Point Protocol you should follow these specifications as they are standardized in the Internet Engineering Task Force.
Issues:Specifications only
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Read Me
Read Me.txt
rfc1332 (PPP IPCP)
rfc1334 (PPP Authentication)
rfc1378 (PPP ATCP)
rfc1570 (PPP LCP)
rfc1618 (PPP ISDN)
rfc1661 (PPP)
rfc1662 (PPP HDLC)</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 92
Nov 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_16327.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
• the current release of AppleTalk Connection for Macintosh (version 1.1),
• the current release of AppleTalk Administration for Macintosh (version 1.1)
IMPORTANT NOTES
• AppleTalk Connection installs the version 1.1.2 of the Apple Shared Library Manager. Do not use AppleTalk Connection version 1.1 or AppleTalk Administration version 1.1 with an older version of Apple Shared Library Manager.
• AppleTalk Connection relies on the latest release of MacSNMP version 1.1. See the MacSNMP folder for an up-to-date version of the SNMP development kits.
For the latest version of AppleTalk, see the Network Software Installer folder.
The version 1.1.1 of the SNMP AppleTalk Agent for System 7.5 can be found in the MacSNMP folder.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>AppleTalk - Read Me First
AppleTalk Administration:
AppleTalk Connection:
Network Software Installer</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_16604.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Networking:SNMP:AppleTalk SW for SNMP:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Contains latest AppleTalk stack (version 58) and MacSNMP 1.0.2
Features: Latest binary software for AppleTalk. Needed for MacSNMP development too. Header files and documentation available with MPW and Inside Macintosh
Requires: System 7 for the SNMP software
Issues: Single user license only. Redistribution license required from apple if you want to ship the NSI disk or the MacSNMP software to your customers
Keywords: AppleTalk, SNMP, networking
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>AppleTalk Administration 1.0.2:
AppleTalk Connection 1.0.2:
Overview - AppleTalk s/w
Overview - AppleTalk s/w.txt</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_16887.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Summary: The AppleTalk Wide Area Developer’s Toolkit is intended for two kinds of Apple developers: router developers who wish to develop an AURP-speaking router that interoperates with the Apple Internet Router, and adev developers who wish to develop a network connection file for the Apple Internet Router.
The AppleTalk Wide Area Developer’s Toolkit contains the following items:
This document is the protocol specification for the AppleTalk Update-based Routing Protocol (AURP), which provides wide area routing enhancements to the AppleTalk routing protocols. It is useful for reference, and it provides information router developers need to implement AURP.
Apple Internet Router: User-Interface Extensions to the adev File
---------------------------------------------
This document provides information needed to support the new adev resource calls. (An adev file is a file that provides support for one or more network connections.) These calls include a hierarchical display call and specific user-interface calls for configuration of AURP adevs.
Apple Internet Router: Developing an AURP adev File
------------------------------------
This document provides information needed to develop an AURP adev. Included are the AURP calls to and from the atlk resource; some clues about the adev resource calls from the Apple Internet Router management application, Router Manager; and hints on using the XTI (X/Open Transport Interface) Shell sample code. The XTI Shell sample code provides a base for writing an AURP adev over XTI and explicit instructions on how to modify it to implement your link.
Apple Internet Router: Extending IP Tunnel and DialUp
--------------------------------------
This document provides information needed to enhance the AppleTalk/IP Wide Area Extension (IP Tunnel adev) and the DialUp adev to support your MacTCP mdev file or serial driver.
Apple Internet Tunnel Simulator and Apple Tunnel Simulator software
-------------------------------------------------
Apple Tunnel Simulator is an application that simulates an AURP tunnel over TCP/IP. It is useful in testing your AURP implementations. The document Apple Internet Tunnel Simulator explains how to use the Apple Tunnel Simulator software.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Language Kits:Arabic Language Kit 1.0.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The Arabic Language Kit is a combination of system and language resources that enables you to create, display, and edit documents in Arabic on the Macintosh‚Ñ¢ and other computers using the Mac‚Ñ¢ OS. See the document "Arabic Read Me First" or "Lisez-moi (Arabe)" for details and installation instructions. </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Install 1, English:
Install 1, Français:
Install 2:
Install 3:
Install 4:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 96
Aug 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_17396.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Jun 98 RL1:What's New:Sample Code:Networking:ARPSample1.0b1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is a protocol for mapping protocol (eg IP) addresses to hardware (eg Ethernet) addresses. The OT ARP module provides an ARP service that is used by the OT TCP/IP stack. This sample demonstrates how you can get direct access to the ARP module to, amongst other things, add and remove ARP cache entries.
Requires: Open Transport 1.1.1 or higher
Keywords: Open Transport, ARP, cache, add, delete, query</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>ARPerations.c
ARPerations.h
ARPSample.68K
ARPSample.68K.µ
ARPSample.PPC
ARPSamplePPC.µ
ARPSampleShell.c
Metrowerks Build Script
OTARPModule.h
Read Me About ARP Sample</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_17787.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD May 98 TC:Programs & Marketing:Market & Distribution Guides:Asia Market Guide:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This guide provides information about markets, distribution, and localization for the Asian region, as well as providing a directory of additional information sources.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Asia Market Guide 7/4 (US).dp
Asian Dist Addr (US) 7/4.dp</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_18150.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>This sample shows how to write a fully asynchronous block device driver for the traditional Mac OS. The sample tries to implement the simplest possible device driver and therefore doesn’t talk to any real hardware. Instead it mounts disk images over the network.
Keywords: async device</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jul 97
Jul 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_18598.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>ATADemo is a CodeWarrior C sample that will call the ATA Manager and scan the ATA bus and list the various device configuration data. This sample has been updated to properly work with the .AppleCD driver installed.
This sample has been updated to properly work with the .AppleCD driver installed.
Requires: ATA Manager, Mac OS 8.5
Keywords: ATA, ATAPI, CD Rom
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 98
May 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_18772.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Sample code demonstrating how to test for certain kinds of ATA hard drives which would cause problems for some PowerBooks in SCSI disk mode.
Demonstrates using the ATA inquiry command and the fields returned by this command to determine information about an ATA drive. Detects an error documented in the technote "PowerBook HD Upgrades and SCSI Disk Mode Compatibility".
Requires: PowerBook with ATA manager (190, 2300, 5300, 1400, 3400, 2400). Later PowerBooks are not affected by these bugs, but the test will run.
Keywords: ATA, PowerBook, SCSI, SCSI disk mode</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_19084.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:General tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: ATrapper is an application that records A-Trap calls that occur between the time ATrapper is installed and removed.
Features: ATrapper can be set to record either all A-Trap calls, only those coming from the Application heap, or, if under 7.0, only those coming from applications launched after ATrapper.
Requires: Any Macintosh, This package is System 7.0 compatible.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>General tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol V
Nov/Dec 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_19403.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:General tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Audit is a small library of functions that provide an unobtrusive event tracing capability to applications, drivers, code-resources, call-backs, and any other "flavor" of Macintosh software.
The DisplayAudit application may be used to follow the execution of a program being audited. It can display auditing from several sources, and allows logging the audited data to a text file.
Keywords: testing, debugging
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>General tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_19671.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Interapplication Communication:AE Tools:AutoGuest:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>AutoGuest 3.0 is a control panel that attempts to prevent the login permission dialog from appearing when Program Linking as Guest is used.
This is a Control Panel with simple configuration capabilities. It attempts to solve the problem of a modal dialog stopping an automated process which includes Program Linking as a Guest. Full information is provided in the User's Guide included in the package.
Hardware: Macintosh Plus or better.
System Software: Mac OS 7.5 or greater (it's been tested with up to 8.5.1 successfully).
This code is provided “as is”, and Apple Computer, Inc. makes no claims about its suitability for use in any application. AutoGuest patches Mac OS system routines, so you should install it only when necessary.
Third Party Compatibility
AutoGuest INIT 2.x was not compatible with Connectix Speed Doubler‚Ñ¢ 8.x. The symptom is that applications can link from the foreground only. Speed Doubler‚Ñ¢ is not at fault, it is a side effect of the way AutoGuest INIT 2.x implements that feature.
AutoGuest 3.0 was updated to work with Speed Doubler™ 8.0 through 8.1.2, but may have problems with newer versions of that product. If there is a problem, AutoGuest will notify you at startup that it is running on an “unknown Mac”.
Keywords: Program Linking, AppleEvents, Guest</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>AutoGuest
AutoGuest 3.0 User's Guide.pdf
AutoGuest READ ME
Check AutoGuest.as</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 92
May 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_20468.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Mac OS Development Toolkit:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Large collection of tools, scripts, libraries, and examples for automating user level testing. These are most of the tools used by Apple itself to perform integration, compatibility, and user-perceived performance testing. All tools are compatible with MacOS' from 7.0 through 8.0.
This is the first major release of these tools for outside users in several years. Everything is updated, and there are many new tools never before released, such as the Clouseau VU scripts, and several host and target configuration installers.
Includes: Virtual User (FAT application, Sys 8.0 compatible); many extension tools to Virtual User such as Ivy (image verification), FileTool and Memory Monitor; SPEC S&L and Clouseau Virtual User scripts; full packages for host and target installations, including AppleScript based installers.
Host machines: Mac IIfx or later, 16 MB memory or greater. System 7.0 or later (System 7.5 or later preferred).
Target machines: Mac SE or later, 4 MB memory or greater. System 6.5 or later (System 7.0 or later preferred). VU External Tools require System 7.0 or later.
Virtual User is a host-target based testing system. At least 2 machines (1 host, many targets) are necessary to perform any testing with Virtual User, and all machines must be connected via an AppleTalk network (TCP/IP is not supported).
VU External Tool communications require targets with System 7.0 or later.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Hardware:Display & Video Hardware:Backlight Control:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Backlight Control is a control panel for PowerBooks which can be used to maximize the battery power by turning off the backlight while the PowerBook is inactive for certain time.
Requires: PowerBook
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>About Backlight Control 1.0
Backlight Control</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Oct 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_21180.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Toolbox:Balloony:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This tool produces a template for building balloon help into your application. You provide your existing app or resource file, and the tool produces Rez source text for all of your dialog and menu resources. You can then edit and compile this file under MPW or CodeWarrior or anything else which compiles '.r' files.
This tool produces a template for building balloon help into your application. You provide your existing app or resource file, and the tool produces Rez source text for all of your dialog and menu resources. You can then edit and compile this file under MPW or CodeWarrior or anything else which compiles '.r' files.
Requires: Not certain; probably requires System 7; most things these days do. Balloon help itself is present under System 7 and later.
Issues: This tool is provided by a third party. It and its source code have been placed in the public domain. See the READ ME for more info.
Keywords: balloon, tool, rez, menu, dialog</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Balloonify.c
Balloonify.h
Balloony
Balloony.r
Balloony.RESOURCES
Balloony.π
BalloonyHelp.r
BalloonyRes.h
main.c
Read Me
Sample Output</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_21427.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Misc. Standards:BinHex 4.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is the definition for the BinHex 4.0 Protocol. It will be useful for folks interested in adding BinHex 4.0 to their communications or file compression packages.
Requires: Adobe Acrobat Reader.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>BinHex 4.0 Specs</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_21844.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:QuickDraw:Bitblitz 1.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary:This application exercises the CopyBits, CopyMask, and new CopyBitMask traps. It can be used as a learning tool which allows the user to experiment which various combinations of input to QuickDraw's bit manipulation routines.
Requires: 7.0 </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>CopyBits Application
CopyBits.make
LibHeaders:
LibObject:
ObjectCode:
Resources:
Scrapbook File
Source:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol V
Vol VIII
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_22229.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Memory Management:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Blat is a dcmd that uses the MMU in order to catch references to memory locations 0 through 255. That is, it will stop any program from reading or writing to the memory that starts at zero, and is 256 bytes long. That hunk of memory is reserved for Motorola, and is used as the exception vectors for the CPU.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Memory Management.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_22497.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:General tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: bugInfo is a macro you can execute within MacsBug to give you the most commonly used debugging info to you right away with one command. Use it as your first command when MacBug comes up to get the scoop by typing "bugInfo".
What you will see appear is where (at what location in memory) you crashed or interrupted, how (by bus error, system error, interrupt) you got into MacsBug, a disassembly of code around the entry point, a memory dump in the vacinity of the program counter, a heap check, a display of CPU registers, a list of active drivers, and information on open files.
Requires: MacsBug, ResEdit
Keywords: testing, debugging
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>General tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_22660.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD May 98 TC:Programs & Marketing:Market & Distribution Guides:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This brochure serves as a foundation, explaining important information regarding the German market as well as information pertaining to sales and marketing practices in Germany. You will also find an address list and a reading list to assist you in researching your more specific questions easily.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Business Opp's - Germany</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_22907.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:HyperCard Related:XCMDs & XFCNs:Byrne's XCMDs&XFCNs:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is a set of 20 XCMDs and XFCNs that perform a wide variety of tasks, from finding the selected printer to simple string manipulation. Includes all MPW C source code too.
Features: HyperCard XFCNs and XCMDs.
Requires: HyperCard 2.0 or later, though most run under HyperCard 1.2.2 and 1.2.5.
This package is System 7.0 compatible. </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Byrne's XCMDs & XFCNs
ColorScreen.c
CreateCopy.c
FilterDirectory.c
GetEOF.c
RemoveFile.c
Source:
SystemFolder.c
XThings</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol V
Vol VII
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_23166.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:MPW Related:CallFinder Tool 1.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: An MPW tool for controlling the Finder through AppleEvents. The commando interface requires no knowledge or understanding of AppleEvents to operate.
Features: Uses AppleEvents to have the Finder execute common actions.
Requires: MPW Shell, System 7.0
Keywords: AE, Apple Events, AppleEvents
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>CallFinder
CallFinder docs
CallFinder docs.txt</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol IX
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_23794.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:HyperCard Related:XCMDs & XFCNs:CallHyper 1.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: CallHyper is an external for 4th Dimension which allows you to call a HyperCard external from 4D. HyperCard externals which rely on HyperCard callbacks cannot be used with CallHyper.
Features: Provides access to HyperCard externals from 4th Dimension. The first parameter is the name of the XCMD or XFCN to load, then up to 6 parameters which must be given as TEXT. Any result is set on a 4D TEXT variable called xResult.
Requires: 4D, HyperCard XCMDs, This package is System 7.0 compatible.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>callHyper
CallHyper Notes</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol VIII
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_23948.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Jun 98 RL1:What's New:Tool Chest:Devices:How to Detect a CD:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Sample code and discussion of how to detect whether a volume is a CD or not. Discusses the various drawbacks of all the different approaches.
Incorporates the DriverGestalt call which is the new recommended way to detect CD-ROM drives.</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>CD-ROM Detection:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_24224.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Aug 97 TC:Language Kits:Chinese Dictation Kit 1.5:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: For years, Chinese text input has been a bottleneck for computer users. Hundreds of different keyboard input methods have been developed, but invariably they are either difficult to learn or slow to use. Dictation is the fastest and most natural way to input Chinese text for most users. However, until now, large vocabulary dictation software typically required expensive high-end workstations and hardware add-ons.
With Apple Chinese Dictation Kit (CDK), the world's first low cost high performance Chinese dictation software, the users no longer need to suffer through extensive training or the inefficiency of current keyboard input methods. The user can also concentrate more on what he/she is writing, rather than how to input it. We believe that Apple's Chinese Dictation Kit represents again Apple's determination to make the best ease-of-use personal computers for users. Chinese Dictation Kit heralds the start of a revolution for Chinese computing.
What Chinese Dictation Kit Can Do For You
Apple Chinese Dictation Kit is a high performance large vocabulary dictation software that can dramatically increase your productivity when inputting Chinese text, particularly if you're a poor typist. It's like having your own secretary to take dictation and do your typing!!
Features:
• Through a sophisticated training process, CDK is able to recognize your voice and even your own accent.
• In contrast to most other Chinese dictation software, CDK allows you to speak a phrase at a time, instead of a character at a time. This increases the throughput of the system which can achieve about 40-60 characters per minute.
• CDK uses a very large flexible vocabulary, so users can speak many flexible phrase patterns, e.g., §§∞ͰB§§∞Í™∫°B•˛§§∞ͰB•˛§§∞ͧH°Bß‚§§∞ͰBß‚§§∞ͧH. The total number of different phrases users can say for the default system exceeds 350,000.
• A phrase adding feature allows you to customize CDK's vocabulary. Add names of friends and family, specialized technical terms, etc.
• Adapts to your word patterns to improve the long-term performance.
• The Lexicon Optimizer utility scans your text files to find what words you use and adds them automatically to the system.
• Powerful Voice Macro feature allows you to input long addresses or aphorisms by speaking a single word.
• Voice commands for frequently used functions.
• Most misrecognized characters can be corrected easily and quickly with a click of the mouse.
• Dictation of numbers and punctuation.
• Support for multiple users on a single machine.
Requirements:
Any PowerPC Macintosh with 16bit sound input
System 7.1.2 or above with Chinese Language Kit 1.1 or above installled
<text>Dev.CD Aug 97 TC:Language Kits:Chinese Handwriting Kit 1.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The Apple Chinese Handwriting Kit offers you another simple and yet powerful way of entering Chinese characters into your Macintosh computer. With the bundled wireless stylus and graphics tablet, you can just write any Chinese characters or phrases—either in simplified or traditional form—and your handwriting is automatically segmented and converted into two-byte digital text that can be further formatted in your favourite word-processing or page layout program.
Requiring no training, the Apple Chinese Handwriting Kit is a true plug-and-play solution. It recognizes virtually all 3,000 simplified characters—or more than 7,000 traditional characters—found in common day-to-day usage, without the need to pre-train the system. The Apple Chinese Handwriting Kit is fast and intelligent—it accurately converts Chinese characters written in cursive forms or as print characters, with no delay in intepreting the written characters.
Features:
No training required—a true plug-and-play design.
FAT version of software—runs on both PowerPC-based as well as 68K-based Macs.
Works with virtually any application that allows text input.
Accurate recognition, even with cursive writing.
User expandable dictionary enables phrases to be represented by simple clicks.
Separate lexicon manager for maintaining dictionaries.
Accommodates different writing styles to suit wide user preferences.
On-screen keyboards to enable quick input of symbols and puntuation marks.
Recognizes the full set of Traditional Chinese as well as Simplified Chinese, including Roman letters and numerals.
Unique Stroke Player shows correct way of writing Chinese characters.
Requirements: 68040 and above, any brand of tablet (connect via ADB port), System 7.1 or above with Chinese Language Kit 1.1 or above
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Localization:cihui:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Description Input methods for use with the Chinese Macintosh System 6.05 and above. Allows pinyin input in phrase instead of single character.
Requires: Chinese OS 6.0.5 (Traditional or Simplified) </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>cihui.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol VII
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_25585.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Toolbox:Clipboard Magician 0.76:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is a DA/application that allows you to examine the content of the clipboard and applies various operation to the data. It can also acts as an Apple Event server that the user can use from other applications or AppleScript.
Features:
•Examine data in clipboard.
•Manipulate data in clipboard.
•Applying various code resource to data, code resource supported includs its own CNVT resource, XCMD, AppleScript's scpt, FKEY and any other type of code resource that can be supported by adding a glue CNVT code resource.
•Can act as AppleEvent server to be used by AppleScript or edit and execute AppleScript right from Clipboard Magician.
Requires: System 6 or above. System 7 or above if Apple Event and Apple Script is used.
Keywords: data conversion, Apple Event server, scripting</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>About Clipboard Mag'n 0.76.txt
About Clipboard Magician
About Clipboard Magician 0.76
About Clipboard Magician.txt
Alchemist
Clipboard Magician
FKEYs for Clipboard Magican
iconpict.p
Magic Wand
Magic Wand Utility
programming information
programming information.txt
System 7 related CNVT
testmagic.p</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 92
Sep 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_26084.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Developer Utilities:ResEdit 2.1.3:ResEdit Extensions:CODE Editor for ResEdit 2.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The file “CODE editor for ResEdit 2.1” contains a ResEdit 2.1 (or later) RSSC resource that adds a disassembly viewer to ResEdit to handle CODE and code-like resources. This allows you to view code resources as assembly code instead of “raw” hex. When added to ResEdit version 2.1.1 or later, the CODE editor can also operate concurrently with the basic HEXA editor, providing editing and searching capabilities as well. The disassembly code is annotated with the module names extracted from the MacsBug strings in the code. Navigation facilities are provided to allow viewing related pieces of code. Special formatting may be applied to the disassembly for embedded data that cannot normally be distinguished from actual code. There are also facilities to allow you to answer the question “who references this location?”.
Issues: Do not add this editor to versions of ResEdit before 2.1. This editor is not part of the official ResEdit release, and has not been rigorously tested. Use caution when using any version of ResEdit to which you have added this editor.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:QuickDraw:Color Locator DA</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Color Locator DA enables you to see anything on the desktop in fatbits mode, find its global, local, or relative coordinates, find the relative amounts of red, green, and blue, and the index into the color table as well as how many entries are in the color table. </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Color Locator DA</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol V
Vol VII
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_26558.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Sample Code:Human Interface Toolbox:ColorPopUpMenus:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This folder contains an example illustrating how to show swatches of color in a labels-like menu in your own application. It also illustrates how to add a user adjustable color item to the menu that can be changed by way of the color picker interface.
Contains routines for getting/setting particular elements in a color icon's color table.
Requirements: Color Macintosh
Keywords: Icon, color icon, colour table, CIconHandle, CTabHandle, clut</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>ColorPopUpMenus
ColorPopUpMenus.c
ColorPopUpMenus.h
ColorPopUpMenus.prj
ColorPopUpMenus.r
ColorPopUpMenus.rsrc
MakeFile
obj:
ReadMe</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>New on this CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_26815.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Development Kits:Mac OS:ColorSync 3.0 Mac SDK:ColorSync 3.0 Installer:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>The complete ColorSync‚Ñ¢ 3.0 SDK for Mac developers. It includes the following:
Interfaces & Link Libraries
Documentation
Sample Code
Goodies
ColorSync‚Ñ¢ 3.0 is the latest version of Apple Computer's color management architecture for the Mac OS. For more information visit the ColorSync website at http://www.apple.com/colorsync.
What's New in ColorSync‚Ñ¢ 3.0
- Device Profiles and Document Profiles
- ColorSync Workflows
- Apple CMM
- Calibration Assistant Expert mode
- Profile path balloons
- Profile descriptions in double byte languages
- Profile First Aid
ColorSync Features
- AppleScript support
- JPEG and GIF support
- Profile Cache File
- Profiles Folder Location and Subfolders
- Photoshop Plug-ins
- Multiprocessing support
- support for 16 bits per channel images
- What gets installed with ColorSync‚Ñ¢ 3.0
Requires: ColorSync 3.0 is designed to work on PowerPC (or newer) machines running System 8.5 or later.
Keywords: ColorSync, calibrator, scripting, 3.0, profile, gamma, tag color</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>ColorSync 3.0.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 93
Dec 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Revised since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_28575.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Communications Toolbox:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The Communications Toolbox SDK contains:
The Basic Connectivity Set 1.1.1 folder contains CTB tools, including
• XMODEM 1.1 Tool
• Serial 1.0.2 Tool
The AppleModemTool v1.5.1 folder contains the latest version of the Apple Modem Tool, including developer documentation.
The CommToolbox 1.1 folder contains the latest interface and library files needed for building CTB 1.1 savvy tools and applications.
The Communications 1 folder contains the 1.0.2 installer script for installing the CTB 1.0 resources on system 6.0.x machines.
The 1.1 script does a live install, and does better error checking on the system software. There are no differences between the CTB 1.0 resources which the Communications 1 v1.0 and v1.1 disks install. The CTB team recommends, however, that developers update their products to include the Communications 1 version 1.1 software.
NOTE: Developers should do all new development with Open Transport where possible.</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>About the CTB folder
AppleModemTool v1.5.3:
AppleTalk-DECnet Tool 1.1:
Basic Connectivity Set 1.1.1:
CommToolbox 1.1:
Communications 1:
CTB Sample Code 1.0b16:
LAT 1.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_27584.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Computer-based Media in Broadcast Env</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>10</id>
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Interactive Media Resources:CompbasedMediaBroadcastEnv:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Integrating Computer-Based Media in a Broadcast Environment by Laurence Tietz
Are you an expert graphic designer working in the desktop publishing market and want to expand your work into the exciting area of broadcast design? What special concerns do you need to understand in order to succeed in this field? In this paper we will look at the requirements of the broadcast environment and explain how to use your Macintosh system to create broadcast-ready graphics.
Requires: Acrobat Reader 3.0
Keywords: Computer Based Media, Television, Broadcast, Graphics</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>CompbasedMediaBroadcastEnv.pdf</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 99
Jul 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_28857.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:ContextualMenuManagerSDK 1.0.3:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Formerly part of Appearance SDK, Contextual MenuManager now makes its appearance on its own.
CMM is a Mac OS‚Ñ¢ technology which allows the user to perform operations on application data in a context-sensitive manner. Along with the Mac OS extension, documentation, and sample code, this SDK contains two sample CMM plug-in projects and headers and stub libraries, some of which are not present in Universal Headers.
Keywords: Contextual, Menu, Manager</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Contextual Menu Development:
Contextual Menu MacHack Goodies:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Oct 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_29158.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Control Strip:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The Control Strip is a control panel that provides the operating environment for Control Strip modules. It runs on any Macintosh PowerBook computer with System 7.0 or later.
We discuss Control Strip modules and how to write a new module. This information originally appeared in the PowerBook 520, 520c, 540, 540c Developer Note. It is being published as a Technical Note for ease of access. The information in the PowerBook 520, 520c, 540, 540c Developer Note is obsolete. All future updates to this documentation will happen within this Technical Note.
MacCalendar is a complete snippet that illustrates how to write a module for the Control Strip Manager that is available for PowerBook Macintoshes.
Keywords: Control Strip, PowerBook, Control Panel</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Control Strip
Control Strip Sample:
Control Strip Technical Note
MacCalendar Δí:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Apr 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_29357.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>It's a simple code sample which demonstrates how to draw controls with a particular background color. Controls get their background color from the window color table; this sample shows how to temporarily alter an entry in that color table so that the control draws with a particular background color but no other drawing is affected.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:What's New?:Sample Code:Devices and Hardware:ADB:ControlKeyPatch:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Routines for patching the ADB manager to simulate the control key being held down. This file contains routines for installing, removing and calling the control key patch. Client code can link with this file and place the patch resource in their resource fork.
Requirements: A macintosh with an ADB Keyboard
Keywords: ADB, control key, key, key patch,</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>ControlKeyPatch.a
ControlKeyPatch.a.c
ControlKeyPatch.c
ControlKeyPatch.h
ControlKeyTest
ControlKeyTest.c
ControlKeyTest.prj
ControlKeyTest.r
ControlKeyTest.rsrc
MakeFile
ReadMe</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_29644.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Communications Toolbox:CTB Development Resources:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Macintosh CTB software distributed at the 1992 Worldwide Developers Conference in the CTB Technical session. This software is intended to be useful to anyone developing a CTB compatible application or CTB Tool.
Features: The components included are:
* CTB API overview (TEXT file)
* Comm Toolbox architecture/roadmap/example courseware (HyperCard stack)
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Language Kits:Cyrillic Language Kit 1.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The Cyrillic Language Kit is a combination of system and language resources that enables you to create, display, and edit documents in Cyrillic-based languages on the Macintosh‚Ñ¢ and other computers using the Mac‚Ñ¢ OS. See the document "Cyrillic Read Me First" or "Lisez-moi (Cyrillique)" for details and installation instructions. </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Cyrillic Read Me First
Install English:
Internet Shareware:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_30450.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Interapplication Communication:Data Access Manager:Data Access Manager French Demo:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is a complete demonstration of the Data Access Manager. It includes a query builder (DAM Generator), an XCMD which can use some query documents (HyperDAM ), and two querys with two different types of user interface (Text and Graphical).
Features:
* Query Builder
* XCMD to use querys with HyperCard
* two different querys with two qdef
Requires: Système 7.0 and a computer where there is a DAL Server (Vax…). A Vax with PathWorks and DALDEMO on it is a very good choice. If you want to use the two querys you must modify the parameters needed for the connection with ResEdit or DAM Generator . </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Data Access Manager.cp</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol V
Mar 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_30585.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Interapplication Communication:Data Access Manager:Data Access Manager US Demo :</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: DAM Generator 2 is an application that generate query document for the Data Access Manager of the system 7. This new release is in english and is multi-interface generator.
Features:
* Multi-interface generator
* More simply to use
* New version of the XTND query that read query document
* An XCMD that can read query document
* A complete set of tool to exploit the Data Access Manager
Requires:System 7, a DAL Server under VMS, MacOS, A/UX…
.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>DAM Generator 2 US
Graphical interface
List interface
Password interface
Query</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_30848.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Interactive Media Resources:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>For years multimedia developers have regarded Equilibrium's DeBabelizer as the graphic application equivalent of the Swiss Army Knife. It's ability to open, manipulate and save in almost any graphic file format for a wide range of platforms has been indispensable. Add to this the ability to run an automated "Batch" process on a set of files with a series of graphic manipulations and you have a tool that saves time, effort and money. With the introduction of version 3.0 for the Macintosh Equilibrium has added a host of new features that offer professional control of still, video and web graphics and a greatly improved user interface.
Requires: Acrobat Reader 3.0
Keywords: palette, color bit depth, batch processing, optimizing, conditional statements</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Advanced Web Site Technique.pdf
Avoid Audio Pitfalls Guide.pdf
CompbasedMediaBroadcastEnv:
Creating MIDI for the Web3.pdf
DeBabelizer 3.0.pdf
Design For Reuse.pdf
Digital Asset Management.pdf
Digital Storyboard.pdf
DVD Development.pdf
DVD_Primer.pdf
Enhanced CD Survival Guide.pdf
EOModeler:
Frameworks.pdf
Gender-Based Title Creation.pdf
Int_Media_Writer_Resources.pdf
Java Survival Guide.pdf
Making Cool QD3D Apps.pdf
Music on the Net.pdf
New Audio Features QT3.pdf
Push Tech Survival Gd.pdf
QT3-More Than Dig. Video.pdf
Simplified Stream Audio.pdf
Web Animation Guide.pdf
WebObjects Database Part I.pdf
WebObjects Database Part II.pdf
WebObjects Memory Mgmt.pdf
WebObjects Tools and Techniques:
WebObjectsCategories&Posers.pdf
WebObjectsPerformanceTuning:
Working with WebObjects.pdf
Writing for Interactive Media:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jul 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_31147.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Memory Management:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This package contains a debugging version of the Modern Memory Manager. Once installed on Power Macintosh machines it allows the developer greater control in detecting and eliminating memory manager bugs. A control panel is provided which allows for dynamic enabling and disabling of the debugging features.
Features:
Check Heap on Entry - validate heap data structures on entry to Memory Manager calls.
Check Heap on Exit - validate heap data strutures on exit from Memory Manager calls.
Fill Free Blocks - fill disposed, emptied, or purged blocks with garbage.
Check Blocks - More robust check on validity of a handle or pointer passed into the Memory Manager
Requires: Any Power Macintosh.
Issues:
When full robust checking is enabled, and VM is also enabled, your machine will slow to a crawl.
DMM may report errors when using Chooser.
System Heap doesn't have as robust error checking as other heaps
Keywords: Memory Manager, Power Macintosh, heaps, memory</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Memory Management.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Apr 95
Jan 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_31334.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Toolbox:DefProcs:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This folder contains the Apple source code to many of the System Software 6.0.4 defprocs. Apple makes these examples available to developers to help guide in the creation of custom defprocs. These examples are for informational purposes only and may not be included “as is” in third-party applications:
• butcdef: CDEF for a simple button, radio button, and check box controls
• LDefProc0: Standard LDEF that displays text.
• mdefproc: Standard menu defproc for scrolling and hierarchical menus.
• rdocproc: WDEF for rounded-corner windows.
• sbarcdef: Scroll bar CDEF.
• wprocasm: Standard WDEF for documentProc, dBoxProc, plainDBox, altDBoxProc, noGrowDocProc, zoomdocproc, zoomNoGrow.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>butcdef.a
LDefProc0.A
mdefproc.a
rdocproc.a
Read Me • DefProcs
Read Me • DefProcs.txt
sbarcdef.a
wprocasm.a</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_28379.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Interactive Media Resources:DesignForRobustness:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Design for Robustness by Theresa Ray of Tensor Information Systems, Inc.
A quick reference guide to the major topics involved in designing a bulletproof WebObjects application including application coding techniques, application configuration options, multi-platform development and testing. Developing a robust application for either a web or client-server interface is critical for your business, particularly with web applications, which are generally developed for use by people outside your company. A web site makes an impression on its users, in many instances defining the way they feel about your company. Therefore, developing a robust application is critical to your business.
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Develop:develop Issue 18:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is the electronic version of develop magazine.
• Issue 18 highlights:
Giving Users Help With Apple Guide by John Powers. Learn how to integrate this powerful new help system into your application, to provide users with context-sensitive help and interactively guide them through common tasks.
Programming for Flexibility: The Open Scripting Architecture by Paul G. Smith. All about the ability to attach and run scripts as a way of customizing applications.
Exploiting Graphics Speed on the Power Macintosh by Konstantin Othmer, Shannon Holland, and Brian Cox. A strategy for ensuring that users benefit from the improved performance of QuickDraw on the PowerPC platform.
Displaying Hierarchical Lists by Martin Minow. Here’s how to provide a user-controlled display mechanism for hierarchical data, much like the triangular buttons used for displaying files and folders in the Finder.
The Right Way to Implement Preferences Files by Gary Woodcock. Some thoughts on what makes a well implemented preferences file, and a library to help.
Somewhere in QuickTime: Basic Movie Playback Support by Peter Hoddie. Some common problems to avoid, with special attention to compatibility with future releases.
Graphical Truffles: The Debugging Version of QuickDraw GX by Pete (“Luke”) Alexander. How to take advantage of the debugging version during development, along with news about a few changes.
Balance of Power: Enhancing PowerPC Native Speed by Dave Evans. Coding tips for getting the most speed out of the PowerPC processor.
History of the Dogcow, Part 2 by Mark (“The Red”) Harlan. The rest of the story: distribution and paraphernalia.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>develop Issue 18:
develop Issue 18 code:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol III
Jun 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_32508.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Develop:develop Issue 19:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is the electronic version of develop magazine.
• Issue 19 highlights:
Building an OpenDoc Part Handler by Kurt Piersol. Writing code to support Apple’s new compound-document architecture is a lot like writing any Macintosh application. Here’s an overview of what you’ll need to know.
Adding QuickDraw GX Printing to QuickDraw Applications by Dave Hersey. Even if your application doesn’t need the advanced graphics capabilities of QuickDraw GX, your users will love the new printing architecture, and you can support it with a minimum of effort.
Making the Most of QuickDraw GX Bitmaps by David Surovell. A primer on handling bitmapped graphics in QuickDraw GX: tips, tricks, and whizzy effects.
Pick Your Picker With Color Picker 2.0 by Shannon Holland. The new Color Picker Manager is flexible and customizable, allowing much tighter integration of color pickers with your application.
Implementing Inheritance in Scripts by Paul G. Smith. Supporting inheritance in your application’s scripts so that they can share handlers and global variables isn’t as difficult as you might think.
Balance of Power: Tuning PowerPC Memory Usage by Dave Evans. Avoiding inadvertent cache thrashing is important for maximum performance.
Designing Applications for the Power Macintosh by Greg Robbins and Ron Avitzur. The power of the Power Macintosh means more than just faster spreadsheets.
Graphical Truffles: A Cool QuickDraw GX Clipping Effect by Pete (“Luke”) Alexander. A stroll through a snippet of code that demonstrates some fancy clipping.
Somewhere in QuickTime: Media Capture Using the Sequence Grabber by John Wang and Fernando Urbina. The sequence grabber component supports capture of any media type. Here’s how to use it.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>develop Issue 19:
develop Issue 19 code:
develop Issue 19 references:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol III
Jun 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_32747.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Develop:develop Issue 20:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is the electronic version of develop magazine.
• Issue 20 highlights:
Getting the Most out of AOCE Catalog Records by Christine Buttin. AOCE templates let you extend AOCE catalogs to store new kinds of data. This article introduces you to writing AOCE templates by providing an example template that extends the built-in User record.
Exploring Advanced AOCE Templates Through Celestial Mechanics by Harry R. Chesley.
AOCE templates allow you to specify how the Finder displays your data and how the user interacts with it. This article shows how to use some of the more advanced features of the template mechanism.
Make Your Own Sound Components by Kip Olson. Sound Manager 3.0 supports plug-in components for compression, decompression, custom hardware support, and more. This introduction to Sound Manager components will get you started.
Scripting the Finder From Your Application by Greg Anderson. The System 7.5 Finder is OSL-compliant, opening the door to full scriptability and to direct manipulation through Apple events. Here’s how to talk to the Scriptable Finder from your application.
NetWare Development on PowerPC by Jamie Osborne. With NetWare now on the Power Macintosh, you may want to write your network products to use it. This introduction to the NetWare environment includes a simple sample module.
Somewhere in QuickTime: Supporting Text Tracks in Your Application by Nick Thompson. How to support text tracks in your application, allowing both searching and editing.
Graphical Truffles: A Space-Saving PICT Trick by Guillermo A. Ortiz and Dave Johnson. If you’re storing a large set of pictures with the same colors, here’s a neat trick to reduce its size.
Print Hints: Improving QuickDraw GX Printer Driver Performance by Dave Hersey. Understanding QuickDraw GX buffering will help you fine-tune the performance of your printer driver.
Balance of Power: PowerPC Branch Prediction by Dave Evans. Is it science or is it hokum? Only your branch prediction unit knows for sure.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>develop Issue 20:
develop Issue 20 code:
develop Issue 20 references:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol III
Jun 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_32984.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Develop:develop Issue 21:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is the electronic version of develop magazine.
• Issue 21 highlights:
Getting Started With OpenDoc Graphics by Kurt Piersol. OpenDoc provides very powerful document layout and imaging capabilities, but the basic graphics tasks that everyone needs to accomplish aren’t much more complex. Here are some recipes to get you started.
A First Look at Dylan: Classes, Functions, and Modules by Steve Strassmann. Dylan has fundamentally different notions about classes and methods than C++, notions that make specifying and using methods simpler and more expressive. Here’s an overview of the Dylan way of doing things.
Designing a Scripting Implementation by Cal Simone. The design of your application’s scripting vocabulary is as important as the design of your user interface. These guidelines will help you create a clean and consistent scripting vocabulary.
An Object-Oriented Approach to Hierarchical Lists by Jan Bruyndonckx. This article shows how to implement the hierarchical lists described in Issue 18 (and other custom list types) in PowerPlant, CodeWarrior’s object-oriented framework.
Balance of Power: Introducing PowerPC Assembly Language by Dave Evans. You won’t often need to write it, but you’ll surely have to read it and debug it. Get the basics here.
MPW Tips and Tricks: Launching MPW Faster Than a Speeding Turtle by Tim Maroney. The first installment of a new column to help you get the most out of MPW. This time: speeding up MPW’s launching.
Print Hints: Writing QuickDraw GX Drivers With Custom I/O and Buffering by Dave Hersey. Here’s what you’ll need to know to write a QuickDraw GX driver that uses custom I/O or buffering schemes.
Somewhere in QuickTime: Choosing the Right Codec by John Wang. Compressor/decompressor components vary widely in their capabilities and limitations. Learn how to pick the right one.
The Art of Human Computing: Finger-Coded Binary by Tobias Engler. Trapped in the wilderness with dead batteries? Don’t despair: you can still twiddle bits around the campfire.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>develop Issue 21:
develop Issue 21 code:
develop Issue 21 references:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol III
Jun 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_33175.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Develop:develop Issue 22:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is the electronic version of develop magazine.
• Issue 22 highlights:
QuickDraw 3D: A New Dimension for Macintosh Graphics by Pablo Fernicola and Nick Thompson. Introducing QuickDraw 3D, a powerful, flexible new 3D graphics package for the Power Macintosh. This article provides an architectural overview and shows how to support 3D data in your application.
Copland: The Mac OS Moves Into the Future by Tim Dierks. Here’s a preview of the future of the Mac OS, detailing some of the major features and components and giving some suggestions about how to get ready for it now.
Creating PCI Device Drivers by Martin Minow. All about the new driver model on PCI-based Macintosh computers, and advice on porting existing drivers.
Custom Color Search Procedures by Jim Wintermyre. Learn about this useful method of customizing Color QuickDraw’s color handling. A real-world graphics problem is investigated and then solved using a custom color search procedure and a hash table.
The OpenDoc User Experience by Dave Curbow and Elizabeth Dykstra-Erickson. This article provides an overview of OpenDoc from the user’s perspective: understanding the user experience is a prerequisite to designing good part editors.
Futures: Don’t Wait Forever by Greg Anderson. Futures are an invaluable abstraction for applications that handle multiple asynchronous Apple events, allowing cleaner code and eliminating the need for completion routines.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>develop Issue 22:
develop Issue 22 code:
develop Issue 22 references:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol III
Jun 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_33312.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Develop:develop Issue 23:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is the electronic version of develop magazine.
• Issue 23 highlights:
Music the Easy Way: The QuickTime Music Architecture by David Van Brink. The QuickTime Music Architecture lets you easily add music to your application, without having to learn the intricacies of MIDI or sound production. Unleash the orchestra!
The Basics of QuickDraw 3D Geometries by Nick Thompson and Pablo Fernicola. Geometries are the backbone of any 3D graphics system. This article shows how the geometries in QuickDraw 3D fit in with the rest of the system, and how to make good use of them.
Implementing Shared Internet Preferences With Internet Config by Quinn “The Eskimo!” This article examines a shared preferences solution for Internet applications: how to use it in your applications, and also how it works, using the Component Manager as a robust shared library mechanism.
Multipane Dialogs by Norman Franke. Dialog boxes with multiple panes are becoming more and more common. This implementation uses a scrolling list of icons to select panes.
Document Synchronization and Other Human Interface Issues by Mark H. Linton. The Macintosh Human Interface Guidelines say that a window’s title should match the corresponding document’s name at all times. Here’s some code that will help you do that.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>develop Issue 23:
develop Issue 23 code:
develop Issue 23 references:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 95
Sep 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_33682.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Develop:develop Issue 24:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is the electronic version of develop magazine.
• Issue 24 highlights:
Speeding Up whose Clause Resolution in Your Scriptable Application by Greg Anderson. Although the Object Support Library will resolve complex AppleScript clauses for you, if you take on some of the work yourself the performance gains can be dramatic.
Getting Started With OpenDoc Storage by Vincent Lo. OpenDoc storage is a departure from what you’re used to: it needs to support storing different kinds of data, written by different part editors, in the same file or container.
Sound Secrets by Kip Olson. These less obvious features of the Sound Manager will help improve your application’s use of sound.
Guidelines for Effective Alerts by Paige K. Parsons. This article elaborates and expands on the guidelines for the consistent and correct usage of alerts.
Printing Images Faster With Data Compression by David Gelphman. PostScript Level 2 printers can accept JPEG-compressed image data directly, which can greatly improve printing speed. Here’s what you need to know to take advantage of this ability.
The New Device Drivers: Memory Matters by Martin Minow. Using PrepareMemoryForIO to set up memory for data transfers to or from other devices is a complex — but very important — process. This walkthrough points out traps and pitfalls along the way.</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>develop Issue 24:
develop Issue 24 code:
develop Issue 24 references:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 95
Dec 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_34217.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Develop:develop Issue 25:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is the electronic version of develop magazine.
• Issue 25 highlights:
Generating QuickTime VR Movies From QuickDraw 3D by Pete Falco and Philip McBride. QuickTime VR movies don’t have to be created with a real camera; you can instead generate the necessary images with a 3D graphics system like QuickDraw 3D. Here’s how.
Flicker-Free Drawing With QuickDraw GX by Hugo M. Ayala. This article discusses the causes of flicker in graphics and animation applications and presents a package for doing memory-efficient, flicker-free drawing with QuickDraw GX.
NURB Curves: A Guide for the Uninitiated by Philip J. Schneider. QuickDraw 3D includes NURB curves among its geometries, but you need to understand a little about the underlying NURB model to use them effectively. This intuitive treatment of NURB curves tells you what you need to know.
Using C++ Exceptions in C by Avi Rappoport. Exceptions in C++ provide a powerful and useful way to handle errors and other unexpected conditions. But C programmers can take advantage of them as well, since C is (mostly) a subset of C++.
Country Stringing: Localized Strings for the Newton by Maurice Sharp. Although version 1.5 of the Newton Toolkit provides some built-in support for localizing strings, organizing the different sets of strings is still problematic. Or rather, it was until now.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>develop Issue 25:
develop Issue 25 code:
develop Issue 25 references:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 96
Mar 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_34462.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Develop:develop Issue 26:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is the electronic version of develop magazine.
• Issue 26 highlights:
Planning for Mac OS 8 Compatibility by Steve Falkenburg. Mac OS 8 brings changes that may affect your code. This article discusses the compatibility ramifications of Mac OS 8 and gives some sound advice for how to get your code ready now.
Connecting Users With QuickTime Conferencing by Dean Blackketter. QuickTime Conferencing allows users to share time-based data such as video and sound. Here are the basics.
OpenDoc Parts and SOM Dynamic Inheritance by Éric Simenel. Although you don’t need to know much about SOM to write OpenDoc parts, with a little knowledge about this underlying technology you can do some very useful things.
Adding Custom Data to QuickDraw 3D Objects by Nick Thompson, Pablo Fernicola, and Kent Davidson. By defining your own attribute and element types, you can attach custom data to QuickDraw 3D objects. This flexibility opens up a world of new possibilities, a few of which are explored in this article.
64-Bit Integer Math on 680x0 Machines by Dale Semchishen. There’s a 64-bit library built into the Toolbox on the Power Macintosh, and there’s also one built into QuickDraw GX. Finally, here’s a library that will work on any Macintosh, using built-in routines if available.
GRAPHICAL TRUFFLES: Dynamic Display Dilemmas by Kent Miller and Cameron Esfahani. How your application can live copacetically with the Display Manager.
MPW TIPS AND TRICKS: Scripted Text Editing by Tim Maroney. An overview of MPW’s powerful, scriptable text editing capabilities.
ACCORDING TO SCRIPT: Attaching and Embedding Scripts by Cal Simone. Integrating scripts in your application can have a big payoff for your users.
PRINT HINTS: The Top 10 Printing Crimes Revisited by Dave Polaschek. Despite our best efforts, developers continue to commit printing crimes. We’re not giving up.
BALANCE OF POWER: Sleuthing Through Your Code by Dave Evans. Debugging is a lot like being a detective.
THE VETERAN NEOPHYTE: Manual Labor by Jim Mensch. Lots of activities have hidden lessons that can be applied to programming — for example, rebuilding a car engine.
KON & BAL’S PUZZLE PAGE: New World Order by Cameron Esfahani and Alex Rosenberg. Playing Marathon during work hours is not only justifiable but can actually prove fruitful.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>develop Issue 26:
develop Issue 26 code:
develop Issue 26 references:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 96
Sep 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_34680.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Develop:develop Issue 27:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is the electronic version of develop magazine.
• Issue 27 highlights:
The Speech Recognition Manager Revealed by Matt Pallakoff and Arlo Reeves.
Adding Speech Recognition to an Application Framework by Tim Monroe.
With these two articles, you’ll have your application recognizing speech in no time. The first is an introduction to the long-awaited API for speech recognition, and the second is an example of adding basic speech recognition capabilities to a PowerPlant application. Listen up!
Working With OpenDoc Part Kinds by Tantek Çelik and Dave Curbow. Part kinds are like file types, only more so, and the choices you make about which part kinds to support will have a profound effect on users’ experiences with your part editor.
Using Apple Guide 2.1 With OpenDoc by Peter Commons. Apple Guide 2.1 has been extended to work well in OpenDoc’s brave new world of compound documents and processes within processes. Here’s a look at the new features and how to take advantage of them.
Game Controls for QuickDraw 3D by Philip McBride. First-person 3D applications, whether games or 3D modeling systems, need to constantly move the camera to reflect the changing point of view of the player. You too can inflict vertigo on your users.
PRINT HINTS: The All-New LaserWriter Driver Version 8.4 by Dave Polaschek. The new version of the LaserWriter driver is way different. Will your application break?
THE OPENDOC ROAD: Facilitating Part Editor Unloading by Vincent Lo. Part editors are unloaded automatically when they’re not needed, but your editor can help.
BALANCE OF POWER: Stalking the Wild Defect by Dave Evans. A tour through the dangerously twisted jungle of the Power Macintosh. Please keep your head and arms inside at all times.
GRAPHICAL TRUFFLES: A Library for Traversing Paths by Daniel I. Lipton. Parsing QuickDraw GX geometric shapes takes a bit of code, but it’s already been written for you.
THE VETERAN NEOPHYTE: Your Friend the Drill Sergeant by Dave Johnson. Learning to shoot pool isn’t anything like learning to program computers. Right?
KON & BAL’S PUZZLE PAGE QuickTime Quandary by Konstantin Othmer and Bruce Leak. More Macintosh madness from the MacsBug mentors. There’s a possibility you might actually score on this one!
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>develop Issue 27:
develop Issue 27 code:
develop Issue 27 references:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 96
Nov 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_34900.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Develop:develop Issue 28:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is the electronic version of develop magazine.
• Issue 28 highlights:
Coding Your Object Model for Advanced Scriptability by Ron Reuter. Basic support for an Apple event object model isn’t too tough, but supporting more complex scripts takes some planning, and can trip you up in subtle ways if you’re not careful. This advice will help you out.
New QuickDraw 3D Geometries by Philip J. Schneider. QuickDraw 3D 1.5 includes several useful new geometric primitives. This article introduces the new primitives and discusses the differences among the various polyhedral primitives, both new and old.
QuickDraw GX Line Layout: Bending the Rules by Daniel I. Lipton. The typographic capabilities of QuickDraw GX are without peer, but until now drawing that beautiful text along an arbitrary path took a concerted effort. Here’s a library that makes it easy to do.
MacApp Debugging Aids by Conrad Kopala. Programming with a framework saves time and effort, but debugging can be difficult, since there’s a lot going on beneath the surface. These techniques for detecting problems in MacApp programs can help.
Chiropractic for Your Misaligned Data by Kevin Looney and Craig Anderson. Misaligned data accesses on PowerPC processors can be very expensive. Two tools that will help you detect misalignment problems are presented here, along with some advice on avoiding misalignment in the first place.
THE OPENDOC ROAD: OpenDoc Memory Management and the Toolbox by Troy Gaul and Vincent Lo. Managing memory allocation in your OpenDoc part editor can be a little tricky.
PRINT HINTS: Safe Travel Through the Printing Jungle by Dave Polaschek. Printing is often much more complex than it needs to be. By keeping it simple and staying on the well-trod path, you can protect yourself.
BE OUR GUEST: Source Code Control for the Rest of Us by D. John Anderson and Alan B. Harper Source control doesn’t need to be complex, as the simple tools presented here will show.
MPW TIPS AND TRICKS: Automated Editing With StreamEdit by Tim Maroney. The MPW tool StreamEdit provides you with powerful, flexible, scriptable text editing, at the price of just a little complexity.run us through the wringer once again.
THE VETERAN NEOPHYTE: Confessions of a Veteran Technical Writer by Tim Monroe. Enlightening trade secrets from someone who writes the documentation we all depend on.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>develop Issue 28:
develop Issue 28 code:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_35300.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Develop:develop Issue 29:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is the electronic version of develop magazine.
• Issue 29 Summary
Easy 3D With the QuickDraw 3D Viewer by Nick Thompson
It’s easy to integrate support for the QuickDraw 3D Viewer in your application, requiring only a few extra calls. Adding such support will allow your users to import and manipulate 3D data in your application with a standard, intuitive interface.
Gearing Up for Asia With the Text Services Manager and TSMTE by Tague Griffith
Supporting the Text Services Manager (TSM) allows your application to transparently make use of the wide variety of text input methods required by 2-byte languages like Japanese, Chinese, and Korean. And TSMTE makes support of TSM a simple matter.
High-Performance ACGIs in C by Ken Urquhart
Most simple ACGI programs are written in AppleScript, but for speed-critical applications, or for ACGIs that need to handle more than one request at a time, a high-level language like C is better suited to the task. This article presents a C shell you can use to build your own high-performance ACGIs.
Using Newton Internet Enabler to Create a Web Server by Ray Rischspater
The Newton Internet Enabler (NIE) lets loose a veritable flood of possible applications by bringing the industry-standard TCP/IP protocol stack to the Newton platform. This article shows you the details of using NIE by presenting a simple Web server.
THE OPENDOC ROAD: Making the Most of Memory in OpenDoc by Troy Gaul and Vincent Lo
How to make efficient use of memory in the OpenDoc environment isn’t always obvious, but there are basic guidelines to help
PRINT HINTS: Sending PostScript Files to a LaserWriter by Dave Polaschek
Lots of applications send PostScript files directly to LaserWriters, but many of them do it the wrong way. Here’s the right way.
ACCORDING TO SCRIPT: User Interactions in Apple Event–Driven Applications
How and when to interact with the user in response to Apple Events can be tricky, but there’s a method to the madness.
MACINTOSH Q & A
Apple’s Developer Support Center answers queries about Macintosh product development.
THE VETERAN NEOPHYTE: Digital Karma by Joe Williams
An attempt to make an online society self-moderating raises some interesting questions and leads to some unexpected twists. Will people find ways to abuse digital karma? Yep.
NEWTON Q & A: ASK THE LLAMA
Answers to Newton-related development questions. Send in your own questions for a chance at a T-shirt.
KON & BAL’S PUZZLE PAGE: AppendDITL Apoplexy by Martin-Gilles Lavoie & Bo3b Johnson
Two guest puzzlers take on a problem that, while innocuous on the surface, proves to be deep and dastardly. It involves dialog boxes. Need we say more?
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>develop Issue 29:
develop Issue 29 code:
develop Issue 29 references:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_35565.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Macintosh PowerBook G3 Series Developer Note
This developer note describes the Macintosh PowerBook G3 Series computers, which use PowerPC G3 microprocessors with clock speeds ranging from 233 to 292 MHz and have color flat-panel displays of 12.1, 13.3, or 14.1 inches across. The developer note includes information of most interest to developers and provides descriptions of the internal architecture, the I/O ports and devices, and the expansion features.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Memory:DIMM Config&Interleave v1.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This program displays memory size, bank configuration, and interleave status for each DIMM slot. This program can be used to detect if DIMMs have been installed properly to enable interleaving on Hammerhead-based PCI PowerMacs
Memory interleaving provides higher bandwidth (MBytes per second) between the PowerPC microprocessor and main memory, which can provide a significant performance boost by increasing the execution speed of memory-intensive programs. How much faster depends on a program's software architecture and how often the processor accesses cache (L1 & L2) versus main memory.
Displays the memory size (amount of RAM) of each DIMM installed in each of the DIMM slots of a Hammerhead-based PCI PowerMac, such as 7300, 7500, 7600, 8500, 8600, 9500, and 9600 computers. Also indicates if any pairs have been installed properly to enable interleaving.
Includes source code so that Developers can incorporate the code into their own program.
Issues: This program only runs on Hammerhead-based PCI PowerMacs, such as the 7300, 7500, 7600, 8500, 8600, 9500, and 9600 computers. It doesn't support any Nubus machine, including the original PowerMac, or PowerMacs which use a memory controller other than a Hammerhead-based, such as the 4400, 6400 or 7200.
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Utilities:Disk Copy:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Disk Copy is a utility application that will mount disk images on your desktop, make exact copies of floppy disks from a disk image, convert disk images from one format to another, create a disk image from a mounted volume or individual folder, segment a disk image into separate files, create self-mounting disk images, and create a new blank disk image. Using DiskScripts, AppleScript, and self mounting images, it can be used to automate software installations and disk image manipulation.
This Quick Reference will explain the basic functions of Disk Copy. More detail is provided in the Disk Copy Manual and Balloon Help.
Changes from Disk Copy 6.3.2
• Added support for accessing disk images with the Macintosh Compatibility Application of Mac OS X Server.
Changes from Disk Copy 6.3.1
• An issue that prevented accessing AppleShare file servers via Navigation Services dialogs has been corrected.
• Added support for making floppies from certain USB floppy drives.
• Various interface improvements.
Changes from Disk Copy 6.3
• An issue that prevented making a read-only or read-only compressed image from volumes that have data at the end of the volume has been corrected.
Changes from Disk Copy 6.2
• Added Navigation Services support.
• Added ability to duplicate a floppy.
• Added support for creating self-mounting images.
• Various improvements to AppleScript support.
• Fixed possible data loss issue when imaging a folder from an HFS+ volume.
• Imaging a folder with less than 32MB of data from an HFS+ volume results in an HFS formatted volume.
• Various interface improvements.
Keywords: Disk, Copy, utility</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Disk Copy
Disk Copy 6.3.3 Quick Reference</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 97
May 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_36424.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Devices:SCSI:Disk I/O Performance Tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: SCSI Monitor and IOTracer are performance tools designed to record and report information on file system and SCSI performance in a Macintosh environment. This release includes bug fixes for System Software 7.5.3 and PCI-based Macintosh systems.
SCSI Monitor reports aggregate information on disk I/O. It reports the number of disk reads and write operations performed, the number of sectors involved and the time taken to complete the operations. IOTracer collects trace data on file system and driver reads and writes and other I/O related calls. An analysis tool is provided which inputs an IOTracer trace and outputs a summary of the I/O performance. IOTracer can also collect data on resource calls, which can give insight into the effect of application/system resource requests and disk I/O performance.
The information provided by these tools can provide an understanding of an application's disk I/O behavior and interaction with the system. It is also useful for tuning an application with respect to disk I/O performance. A disk I/O test program called 'BlockReader' is also included.
Requires: System 7.0
Keywords: SCSI, Disk I/O, Performance</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>BlockReader 1.0:
IOTracer 6.0:
IOTracer Analyzer 1.0:
SCSIMonitor 4.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 95
May 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_36818.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Stress testing tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: DiskFiller is a little utility that allows users to instantly fill any mounted disk. This is incredibly useful for testing low-disk-space conditions. You no longer have to duplicate file after file to fill your hard disk.
It creates a file on the root level of the filled disk called "Filler". To free the space, the user can throw away the "Filler" file.
Features: Allows user to specify disk to fill, and how much space (in bytes or in kbytes) to leave free. This way you can test various amounts of low disk space.
Issues: Only tested under System 7.
Keywords: Utility, Tool, Low Disk Space</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Stress testing tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Apr 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_37000.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Display Manager:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This development kit has all the information you will need to begin taking advantage of the Display Manger API. The Display Manager 1.0 API was first introduced with the PowerMacs in System 7.1.2 and subsequently shipped in 7.5 and 7.5.1. The Display Manager 2.0 is included in post 7.5.1 systems and is also available as a system extension which is backward compatible to System 7.1. Licensing information for the Display Manager extension is included to make it as easy as possible for developers to create and ship Display Manager aware applications.
Display Manager Documentation: Contains information on the Display Manager 1.0 features and API. This document is the Display Manager chapter of Inside Macintosh: Advanced Color Imaging, and is also available on the Reference Library Edition. Documentation on Display Manager 2.0 features will be available soon.
Display Manager: Display Manager 2.0 system extension “Display Enabler”. The file “Display Library” is needed to run PPC Display Manager 2.0 aware applications.
Display Manager Sample Code: The PlayVideo sample application and the RequestVideo sample code library, will allow developers to explore the Display Manager API by changing bit depth and screen resolution on multisync displays attached to built-in, NuBus, and PCI based video.
Compiler & Runtime Files: New (post E.T.O. 18) Displays.h/p/a and Video.h/p/a header files are included with this development kit. You will need to install these new universal header files only if they are newer than the ones inside your development environment. A link library called “DisplayLib” for the Display Manager 2.0 features (the link library “InterfaceLib” contains the Display Manager 1.0 link time entry points) is included for PowerPC application builds. A runtime library called “Display Library” which contains the PowerPC glue code to use the Display Manager 2.0 API is included and must be available to the application at runtime (the PPC glue library “InterfaceLib” contains the Display Manager 1.0 glue code).
Requirements:
Software: System 7.1 or later
Hardware: 68030 or later based Macintosh Computers.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Devices:Driver Installer:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Driver Installer is a quick and dirty application to install drivers in an INIT or cdev file during the development cycle of the drivers.
When developing drivers we sometimes need to go into ResEdit a thousand times to copy DRVR and DATA resources to a file containing an INIT resource. This program automates copying resources and setting attributes a little bit. </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>About Driver Installer
About Driver Installer.txt
Installer for Drivers</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol IV
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_38808.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>DriverGestaltExplorer is both sample code showing how to call Driver Gestalt and a useful tool for testing your block device driver’s support of Driver Gestalt.
Keywords: device, driver, block, storage, Drive,r Gestalt, CD-ROM, hard disk</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_39098.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>DumpNetworkSetup dumps the entire contents of the Network Setup database to a text file. The purpose of this sample is twofold. Firstly, it shows a simple use of the Network Setup API. Secondly, it is a useful tool for debugging other Network Setup code because it allows you to see the affect your code had on the database. I used DumpNetworkSetup extensively while developing the MoreNetworkSetup sample.
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Interactive Media Resources:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Publishing in the Age of DVD, Second Edition
A Primer for Creating Content for DVD
by Mark Ely and Dave Block
After several years of intense development and cross-industry cooperation
among consumer electronics companies, computer manufacturers, and the entertainment industry, the DVD format has arrived — and with it a new era of consumer entertainment. For the first time, high-quality digital video as well as surround sound audio can be delivered to the consumer on a single interactive compact disc. Playable on the set-top or the desktop, DVD bridges the worlds of consumer video and personal computing in a single, unified format.
While DVD promises to be a highly-successful consumer electronics format, preparing content (“premastering”) for DVD can be a very complex process. And like most new formats, DVD requires new tools and techniques to create rich and satisfying content that make the most of
the medium.
Working with DVD requires an in-depth understanding of the format, production process, and tools required to bring titles to market. By
understanding DVD and all that it entails, professional media develop-ers
can exploit its rich potential. This book is designed for those who are interested in the DVD format, want to create titles, and wish to understand the tools and technology required for DVD production.
<text>A Location Manager module that shows how to eject PC Cards. This is a sample of an action module and is useful in general for PowerBook users which use PC Cards and Location Manager
Shows how to walk the name registry to find PC Cards and eject them. Shows how to build a Location Manager action module.
Requirments: Power Macintosh with PC Card 3.0 (PowerBook 3400, 2400, G3, G3 Series)
Keywords: PC Card 3.0, Location Manager, Eject, Action module</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_40328.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>This folder contains updated documents outlining strategies for embedding ICC Profiles in TIFF, PICT, GIF, JFIF and EPS formats.
This folder contains updated documents outlining strategies for embedding ICC Profiles in TIFF, PICT, GIF, JFIF and EPS formats. These documents are of interest to ColorSync-savvy applications.
<text>Enhanced Macintosh PB 1400 Developer Note</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>10</id>
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 2:Technical Publications:hardware:Developer_Notes:Macintosh_CPUs-PPC_Portable:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This developer note describes the latest model of the PowerBook 1400 computer. The note describes only the changes that make the new model different from its earlier counterparts.
Requirements: Acrobat Reader.
Keywords: PowerBook 1400</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>PB_190_5300RAMCard_Er.pdf
PowerBook_1400.pdf
PowerBook_1400_Addendum.pdf
PowerBook_2400c.pdf
PowerBook_3400.pdf
PowerBook_5300.pdf
PowerBook_Duo_2300c.pdf
PowerBook_Processor_Upg.pdf</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_20180.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Interactive Media Resources:EOModeler:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Learning EOModeler
Learning how to effectively use the EOModeler application is an essential beginning to the development of any database driven web site. This survival guide explains the most commonly used features and options available in the EOModeler application.
Requires: Acrobat Reader 3.0
Keywords: EOModeler, database</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>EOModeler.pdf</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_40905.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:General tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: EvenBetterBusError is an init that helps catch renegade references to NIL. If you try to dereference a NIL handle or pointer with it installed, a bus error occurs, alerting you to the problem. It also catched writes to NIL, another common programming error.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>General tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol X
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_41410.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Developer Utilities:File Synchronization 1.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>The File Synchronization Control Panel allows you to set up and manage multiple copies of files in different folders. For example, if you maintain files on a mobile computer and copy those files to a desktop computer, this control panel may be useful to you.
Will automatically copy more recent files based on modification date, can display what would copy without actually copying it, and can run automatically or under user control.
Requires: Designed for any MacOS 8 computer.
Issues: Tool for Developer use. Not for distribution.
Keywords: file, synchronization, sync, backup, assistant, folder, duplication, control panel</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>68K:
Fat:
File Sync 1.1 Developer Read Me
File Synchronization Guide
PowerPC:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_41536.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:File System Manager:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The File System Manager provides a systematic way for one or more foreign file systems to interact with the Macintosh file system using high-level language interface.
Features:
• File System Manager -- A system extension which implements version 1.2 of FSM and the extended Disk Initialization Package. This extension is compatible with System 7.0 and later.
• FSMGlueLib.o -- The glue code for the File System Manager service routines.
• FSM.h. FSM.p and FSM.a -- The Universal Interface files for the File System Manager. This version of the interface files was built to work with the Universal Interfaces 2.0a1 from ETO #15, MPW prerelease. However, for 68K development, FSM.h works perfectly with the current release of Universal Interfaces on ETO #15.
• Guide - File System Manager -- The documentation for the File System Manager in Apple DocViewer format.
Requires: System 7.0 or later
Issues: The File System Manager extension may be licensed for distribution from Apple Software Licensing.
Keywords: File System Manager, FSM, External File System, Foreign File System
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Documentation:
File System Manager
Libraries:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_2499.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Find By Content (FBC) Extractor:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Text Extractor Plug-ins are used by Find by Content to extract the text content of a document. System 8.6 provides two Text Extractor Plug-ins: “HTML Text Extractor” and “PDF Text Extractor”. A Text Extractor Plug-in knows the file format of a document and can quickly return the text that would be seen when a document is opened, this information is used by Find by Content to index and summarize documents.
Text Extractors improves the accuracy of indexing and summarizing files. As an example, consider the following HTML file:
<HTML>
<BODY>
This is a sample document.
</BODY>
</HTML>
Without knowing the HTML format, every word above would get indexed, so searching for “body” in Find by Content would find the above document, but when a user opened the file in her web browser, she would not see “body”. Similarly, summarizing a HTML document would show HTML Tags in the summary.
The HTML Text Extractor knows the format of an HTML file so it will skip the HTML Tags and return just the text that a user would see viewing the document. For the above example, “This is a sample document.” would be the only text that is indexed.
Text Extractors can also enable indexing and summarization for files that were previously skipped. With System 8.5, Adobe’s® Portable Document Format (PDF) files were not indexed because the text within these document is encoded. For System 8.6, Find by Content uses the “PDF Text Extractor” to index and summarize PDF files.
Requires: Mac OS 8.6 and later
Keywords: Sherlock, Find By Content, Extractor, Search</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>DemoExtractor:
Headers:
Text Extractors Plug-ins</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Oct 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_42681.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:What's New?:Sample Code:Interapplication Communication:FinderDragPro:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Sample file illustrating drag and drop techniques for use with file system objects. This file illustrates how applications can use drag and drop commands in a way compatible with current and past versions of the Finder.
illustrates how to do translucent drag and drop for icons, drag and drop of hfs objects in a way compatible with current and past finders, creating and providing promised hfs flavors.
Requirements: Mac OS with the drag manager and the thread manager installed
Keywords: Drag and Drop, PromiseHFSFlavor, hfs, promise, finder</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>FDPUtilities.c
FDPUtilities.h
FinderDragPro
FinderDragPro.c
FinderDragPro.h
FinderDragPro.prj
FinderDragPro.r
FinderDragPro.rsrc
GetIconSuiteFromFinder.c
GetIconSuiteFromFinder.h
make.com
MakeFile
ReadMe</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_41975.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Memory Management:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: FinderHeaps is a debugging tool that allows you to track the Finder's heap sizes. These include the Application Heap, the System Heap, the Code Heap, and Object Heap. You can also ask it to track a fifth heap of your choice.
You can use FinderHeaps to track the effects of your software on Finder heap usage. Moreover, FinderHeaps can also track a heap of your choice -- for instance, your application's own heap.
Features include System Heap logging, as well as sounds that flag growing and shrinking System Heap sizes.
You can also take heap "snapshots" complete with timestamps, useful for tracking "before" and "after" comparisions, as well as those nasty bugs that seem to crash in the middle of the night.
Requires: Runs only on post-7.0 System Macintoshes.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Memory Management.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol XI
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_27309.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:What's New?:Sample Code:Interapplication Communication:FinderLaunch:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>A routine for sending an open documents Apple event to the finder. This routine provides functionality equivalent to selecting a document/file/application and choosing the open command in the Finder's file menu.
allows application to tell the finder to open and display the contents of folders, launch applications, and open documents.
Requirements: Mac OS with the Apple Event Manager installed.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Printing:FindPrinter:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: A snippet showing how to determine the currently selected (network) printer. Includes a minimum test-harness to show that the code actually works. Works with GX and Desktop Printing.
Issues: Not guaranteed compatible in the future. This is a sample of how to do the job at this instant in time.
Keywords: printer selected chooser</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>CurrentPrinter.c
main.c
Test
Test.68k.µ</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_43288.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Localization:FMAT Editor:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This ResEdit editor lets you prepare localized number format descriptions that you can use in conjunction with the number formatting routines provided by the Macintosh Text Utilities. Using localized number format descriptions doesn't give you all the flexibility provided by the approach in "International Number Formatting" in Develop 16, but if you know that your application will only have to work with system software localized for the same language, it's usually adequate. And this ResEdit editor is certainly the nicest way to create the localized resources.
Features:
• creates new FMAT resources from a format string.
• lets you pick characters for format string from a palette.
• works with any script system.
• displays sample numbers to give you immediate feedback.
Requires: ResEdit
Issues: Provided by Michael Hecht, SAS.
Keywords: number formatting, ResEdit, localization</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>FMAT Editor.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_43595.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:OS Utilities:Gestalt Selectors List 4.3:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This document lists all selectors, known to the creator, for use with the Gestalt Manager. They can include selector codes installed by Apple (system) software or by software from third parties (your software?). The information in this list is useful for programmers who use the Gestalt Manager with their software (even using externals, as with HyperCard, 4th Dimension and so on).
Requires: Any word processor capable of reading a 400K text file.
NOTE: This is NOT AN APPLE PRODUCT. It is provided on an AS-IS basis. Apple is not responsible for any problems you may encounter in it's use.
Keywords: Gestalt Selector Codes, Gestalt Manager, Machine Identification, System Identification, System Software Release, Version, Capabilities, System Features</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>6th Anniversary
Gestalt Selectors List 4.3
Gestalt Submission Form
gestalt.html
GSL View (EasyView)
Updates:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 95
Dec 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_43844.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Sample program to demonstrate the direct access to the ethernet address for Power Macs that have Ethernet built-in to the motherboard. The sample also includes the use of OT to show all of the ethernet addresses of all Ethernet Network Interface Cards present.
Includes source code, and CodeWarrior Pro v3.0 IDE project file.
Requires CodeWarrior Pro v3.0 IDE to open the project file.
The program requires Open Transport 1.1.1 or greater, however, the program can be modified to remove the OT dependency.
This program wil not be supported under MacOS X as it implement direct memory access to the ROM.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Toolbox:GetHelpStrings:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This sample extracts the Finder help strings from whatever you drop on top of it, file or folder.
Features: Extract the Finder balloon help string from any file or any files in any folder dropped onto this application. Put those help strings into a text file.
Keywords: balloon help, C, finder help strings, spinning cursors, acur</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>acur.c
acur.h
DropShell.68K.µ
DropShell.c
DropShell.h
DropShell.PPC.µ
DropShell.rsrc
DSAppleEvents.c
DSAppleEvents.h
DSGlobals.h
DSUserProcs.c
DSUserProcs.h
DSUtils.c
DSUtils.h
GetHelpStrings
Read Me</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_44385.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Jun 98 RL1:What's New:Sample Code:Networking:GetSetOptions1.0d1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This sample demonstrates a variety of uses of Open Transport’s option management routines. The code from this sample is featured in the latest release (v1.2) of the book “Inside Macintosh: Open Transport”.
Requires: Open Transport 1.1.1 or higher
Keywords: Open Transport, OTOptionManagment, option management</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>GetSetOptions-68K
GetSetOptions-68K.µ
GetSetOptions-PPC
GetSetOptions-PPC.µ
GetSetOptions.c
Read Me About GetSetOptions</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 97
Jun 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_45046.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Summary: GXGraphics 1.1.6 is an extension that encompasses the QuickDraw GX graphics and line layout capabilities without GX printing. The 1.1.6 init replaces the older 1.1.3 init and fixes minor cosmetic bugs.
Keywords: QuickDraw GX, GXGraphics 1.1.6</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>GXGraphics</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_45534.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:QuickDraw GX:GXifier 1.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The GXifier automatically adds tables to existing TrueType fonts that allow those fonts to be used more effectively with applications that support GX typography. The 1.1 version adds support for more scripts, and adds more information automatically to fonts.
Requires QuickDraw GX. The "About the GXifier" document can be opened in SimpleText if GX is installed.
Issues: Only works with TrueType fonts in the Roman, Arabic, Hebrew, Cyrillic, Devanagari, Traditional Chinese and Simplified Chinese script systems. Other scripts will be supported in future versions.
Keywords: GX Fonts, GX Typography</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Documents:
Release Notes:
Tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 95
Oct 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_45644.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:QuickDraw GX:GXOverrideTool:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: GXOverrideTool is a message override tool source file for QuickDraw GX. Creates .r (for override resource) and .a files (for jump table) for developers who program drivers and extensions. Note that the tool does little sanity checking so beware. Examples of the dash options and command lines understood by the tool when parsing the source file are available in the DocumentationAndSample file.
Requires: MPW, QuickDraw GX
Issues: Blank lines that are full of space characters confuses the tool
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Localization:HC Stack Localization Navigator:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Localization guide for HyperCard stacks.
Features: This tool navigates the user through the stack he is localizing, stopping at each field and button name which needs to be translated.
This tool is palette based, buttons include: next item; previous item; scan items forward; scan items backwards; edit item; edit field; show help; hide help.
The next item, previous item, scan items (forward), and scan items (backwards) buttons take the user to each field and button in the stack which need to be localized.
Requires: HyperCard 2.0 for an unlocked copy on a hard disk. HyperCard 2.1 is required when running locked stacks and stacks on a CD-ROM.
This package is System 7.0 compatible.
Issues: Minor HyperCard 2.0v2 bugs with System 7.0
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>HC Stack Localization Navig.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol VII
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_46552.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Summary: This XFCN allows the HyperTalk scripter to display Help Balloons in a stack. A demonstration stack, source code, and complete documentation is provided.
A simple way to display Help Balloons for objects on a card. Great way to aid your stack user. Balloon location and content is controlled by XFCN parameters. Various options allow you to alter the balloon shape and its hotrect.
Features: This is version 1.4. The developer CD has 1.2d1. New features include supporting balloon text in a STR# resource and a fix to stop "Write to NIL".
Requires: HyperCard 2.1, System 7
Keywords: HyperCard, Help, Balloons</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>buildXCMD
Help XFCN RN 1.4
helpLab
makefileHelp
makeout
object:
source:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol VII
Aug 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_46940.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:MPW Related:helpful MPW scripts:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This folder contains four more helpful MPW scripts in addition to the DTS MPW Goodies package.
Features:
• AskYesNo is an MPW tools used to prompt the user for simple yes/no questions. The prompt string can be given and the default answer can be specified.
• IsCheckedOut script will allow a user to see if any of the files in an MPW projector are checked out and by whom. This is VERY helpful when managing a project and when you are about to do a build to see who is still modifying source code.
• MakeTheFolder is an improvement over the MPW command MakeFolder. This script accepts one input parameter. This is the name of a folder to be created. Whereas the MPW command NewFolder will also create folders, the NewFolder command will not create a named folder if all of its parent folders do not already exist. This script will insure all folders in the path exist. So this script may be called once using the full pathname of the desired folder and this script will create all needed parent folders along the path and then the target folder itself. If the folder already exists then no action is taken.
• SaveMenu is useful to save changes to user defined menus in MPW.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text> MPW scripts README
MPW scripts README.txt
AskYesNo
IsCheckedOut
MakeTheFolder
SaveMenu</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_47288.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Virtual User tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: A collection of MPW® scripts and tools with a menu and commando interface to aid in authoring, executing and analyzing human interface tests. Tests may be written as Virtual User (VU) or MPW scripts.
Features: Using HITEC, you have the ability to create new tests, execute and analyze existing tests and collect groups of tests into suites. HITEC also provides various controls over the execution of tests and suites, such as setting a group of target systems on which to execute the tests, determining the CPU type of target system and making timing adjustments to best suit that system, and verifying that a system is still functional after the execution of previous tests.
Hardware: One controller system and at least one target system. The controller system should have 1MB or more of RAM to run MPW 3.0 or higher. The target system(s) should be a Macintosh Plus or higher.
Software: (Controller) MPW 3.1 or higher and Virtual User 1.0 or higher. (Target) Agent VU, 5th Column 1.1 and MacsBug.
Issues: Some VU Libraries distributed with HITEC contain routines that apply to targets running System 7.0 only. </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Virtual User tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_47582.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Devices:CD-ROM:How to Detect a CD:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Sample code and discussion of how to detect whether a volume is a CD or not. Discusses the various drawbacks of all the different approaches.
Features: C sample code demonstrating how to use the device manager, SCSI, and calls to the CD-ROM driver to give pretty good hints about whether a volume is a CD-ROM or not.
Keywords: CD-ROM, SCSI, Device Manager, CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>identifyCD.µ
main.c
Makefile
Not used in this example:
ReadMe
WhereCDs.c
WhereCDs.h</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_65782.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Sample Code:Human Interface Toolbox:HTMLSample:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>HTMLSample is an application illustrating how to use the new HTMLRenderingLib services found in Mac OS 9. HTMLRenderingLib is Apple's light-weight HTML rendering engine capable of displaying HTML files.
- shows how to draw HTML in a window using the HTMLRenderingLib,
- shows how to use the URL utilities provided by the HTMLRenderingLib,
- shows how to maintain a history of visited links and provide call backs to the HTMLRenderingLib for providing information about visited links,
- shows how to intercept URLs being displayed by the HTMLRenderingLib and re-direct them to other files. In this example, we use this facility to allow you to launch applications by clicking on URLs that refer to application files.
- shows how to set up the drawing environment correctly for drawing other objects in the same window when the window contains a HTML rendering object.
Requires: Mac OS 9
Keywords: HTML, HTMLRenderingLib, Packages, Mac OS 9</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>AboutBox.c
AboutBox.h
CIconButtons.c
CIconButtons.h
History.c
History.h
HTMLSample
HTMLSample Help:
HTMLSample Pages:
HTMLSample.c
HTMLSample.h
HTMLSample.prj
HTMLSample.r
HTMLSample.rsrc
MakeFile
obj:
Re- C/F Registration Request
ReadMe
RenderingWindow.c
RenderingWindow.h
SampleUtils.c
SampleUtils.h</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>New on this CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_47801.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Human Interface:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Human Interface Notes are a collection of human interface guidelines for Macintosh applications.
Features: The introduction to the Human Interface Notes has been updated to provide more accurate information about the Human Interface Notes and Guidelines, and how to contact the Human Interface groups at Apple.
Requires: Adobe Acrobat Reader.</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Apple Grayscale Appearance:
Human Interface Guidelines
Human Interface Notes
MacOS8Documentation:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jul 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_48043.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Hardware tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is a set of three MPW tools written for hardware debug and bring-up. You could probably write them yourself in an hour or so – but what if you don’t have that much time...
Features: MPW scripts for Read/Write long, Read/Write byte, and to pattern test an address range.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Hardware tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_48287.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Utilities:HyperCard Player:HyperCard Updater 2.4:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This HyperCard 2.4 Update adds some new features, including QuickTime functionality, and fixes problems with the HyperCard application. This product updates HyperCard 2.3 or 2.3.5 to HyperCard 2.4.
Several exciting features have been added with the release of HyperCard 2.4, including:
• an improved movie button task that allows you to open any QuickTime-readable file
• ability to open movie and some image files by dragging them onto the HyperCard application icon
• a new Link to URL button task and HyperTalk command for connecting to a web site
• ability to manipulate QuickTime movies using HyperTalk
• keyboard navigation of QuickTime VR movies
• ability to open a nearly unlimited number of files using HyperTalk
• enhanced script editor window for easier navigation
• improved Picture XCMD
• more script commands and new syntax
For more information on these features and how to use them, see Using HyperCard 2.4.
Keywords: HyperCard, 2.4, update</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>HyperCard 2.4 Update Installer
Read Me - HyperCard 2.4</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 97
Jul 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_48491.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:HyperCard Related:HyperCard Instance Variables:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Objects in HyperCard are not allowed to have variables inside them—until now. Instance variables are useful for storing more data with a button or field. This stack script allows you to have variables attached to a button, shared field, or other HyperCard object.
An object may have any number of variables. Values are preserved when you quit. They stay with your stack when you drag it to another disk. The objects that can have variables are: a card button, a card field, the card itself, a background button, a shared field, or the background itself.
Requires: HyperCard 2.1 or later
Keywords: HyperCard, variable, button, field, instance variables, global, saving state
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Instance Variable text
Instance Variables</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_48851.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Utilities:HyperCard Player:HyperCard Player 2.4:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The HyperCard® Player software enables you to run applications created with HyperCard. HyperCard applications, or "stacks", are interactive documents which can incorporate text, graphics, animation, audio and video.
To take full advantage of the powerful authoring capabilities of HyperCard, you can purchase the HyperCard Development Kit through an authorized Apple dealer. The HyperCard Development Kit contains the HyperCard software, a complete set of manuals, sample files, and pre-scripted objects and tools to help you create software quickly.
Keywords: HyperCard Player, stacks</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Addresses
Audio Help
Home
HyperCard Player
What is HyperCard?</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 92
Jul 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_49022.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:HyperCard Related:HyperCard Toolkits:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: These are obsolete Hypercard XCMD toolkits which used to be sold through APDA. These are no longer supported, but may be of interest to developers writing their own XCMDS.
These XCMDs are not supported by DEVSUPPORT. Questions will be rejected. These packages are offered as a convenience to our developers, but are obsolete.
Requires: Hypercard. It is uncertain that these packages will work correctly with the latest version of Hypercard, but they did work with an earlier version.
Issues: These XCMDs are unsupported. Do not send questions to DEVSUPPORT. We can not help you with these XCMDs.
Keywords: MacTCP, Communications Toolbox, CTB, Serial ports, CD Audio toolkit, Video toolkit</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>!Read me (obsolete&unsupported)
!Read me.txt
AppleTalk ToolKit.img
CD Audio Toolkit 1.0.img
HyperCard CTB Toolkit 1.0b2.img
HyperCard Serial Toolkit 2..img
HyperCard Video Toolkit 2.0.img
Ideas Toolkit 1.0.img
Prototyping Toolkit 2.0.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_49363.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Devices:SCSI:In Use:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: In Use is an INIT that displays an indicator in your menu bar similar to an "In Use" light on a hard disk whenever a SCSI device is accessed. It is useful for people with multiple hard disks, since it can display the SCSI ID when in use, and for people with internal drives.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>In Use
In Use Release Notes
In Use Release Notes.txt</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol III
Vol VIII
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_50109.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Language Kits:Indian Language Kit 1.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Apple's Indian Language Kit is an easy way to add Hindi, Sanskrit, Gujarati, Marathi, Punjabi, and Nepali text to your documents using any of three Indian writing systems: Devanagari, Gujarati, and Gurmukhi.
 
The Indian Language Kit is the ideal solution for a variety of business, educational and personal projects. It works best with applications that support Apple's WorldScript technology. It can even be used to view ISCII-compatible Indian language sites on the web.
The Indian Language Kit includes Apple TrueType fonts that display and print high-quality Devanagari, Gurmukhi and Gujarati characters at any size. Documents can be printed on both QuickDraw and PostScript printers. If you use a QuickDraw GX application with the kit you will be able to access additional advanced typography features supported by Apple QuickDraw GX technology.
The kit comes with a selection of keyboard layouts accompanied by a reference card. The default INSCRIPT layout, developed in India to address the special needs of Indian languages, permits all the Indian scripts to be typed in a common way. For users who prefer a phonetic Romanized input option, a QWERTY keyboard layout is also provided for each language.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Install 1:
Install 2:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_50682.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Installer SDK 1.2.3:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>The Installer SDK provides documentation and examples to help developers and administrators take advantage of Apple installation tools.
Version 1.2.3 of the SDK includes released versions of Upgrader (1.2.3) and Installer Engine (4.5.2). We also include the shipping version of Installer 4.0.8.
This SDK is split into two folders: Upgrader and its engines, and old Installer 4.0.8. Upgrader in conjunction with Installer Engine or ASR will replace the old Instaler 4.0.X application as Apple’s primary installation user experience. Most Installer scripts written for Installer 4.0.X can be used with Upgrader and Installer Engine, so switching should be easy for most of you.
Installer
Note: Some items are pre-release versions and cannot be licensed for distribution. They are clearly marked as such. It is should be understood that these items may have some bugs.
Required: Installer 4.0.8: System 4.2/Mac Plus and later
Upgrader/Installer Engine: System 7.0/68020 processor and later
You must obtain a separate license from Apple to ship Installer-related tools with your product. See the document "Installer Licensing - Read Me" at the top of the SDK folder for more information.
Keywords: Installer</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Installer 4.0.8:
Installer Licensing - Read Me
Installer SDK 1.2.3.pdf
Upgrader 1.2.3 & Engines:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Apr 94
Feb 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_50850.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Instrumentation SDK:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>The Instrumentation SDK is primarily a performance tool. It is used to record time-based information about your software as it runs. The viewer application displays this information, which can help you figure out what your software is up to.
1.0.6 is a minor bugfix update. It also includes the experimental instrumented InterfaceLib that was part of E.T.O. 22.
Requires: Runs on any PowerPC-based Macintosh or compatible.
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Interactive Media Resources:WebObjects Tools and Techniques:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>WebObjects Tools and Techniques by Theresa Ray of Tensor Information Systems, Inc.
Whether you are creating a new WebObjects application or maintaining an existing one, proficiency in using the ProjectBuilder, EOModeler and WebObjects Builder tools is essential. This survival guide enumerates tips and techniques which will allow you to enhance and tailor these tools to suit your programming needs and personal style.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Virtual User tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This submission contains a Virtual User 2.0 external tool and task library which allows script writers to capture and compare full or partial screen images. Also included is task library documentation, a README file, and an example V.U. script using the external tool. This package will allow developers using V.U. 2.0 to test their applications and perform screen image verification in their V.U. scripts.
Requires: Virtual User version 2.0 or greater, System 7.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Language Kits:Japanese Language Kit 1.2:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The Japanese Language Kit is a combination of system and language resources that enables you to create, display, and edit documents in Japanese on the Macintosh‚Ñ¢ and other computers using the Mac‚Ñ¢ OS.
Enhancements in this version of the Japanese Language Kit include System 7.5 and QuickDraw‚Ñ¢ GX compatibility, a TrueType‚Ñ¢ version of the Osaka font, an updated input method, and system resources to allow WorldScript‚Ñ¢ to run native on Power Macintosh computers.
Requires: System 7.1, at least 4MBs of RAM and as much as 30 meg of hard disk space to install all the Kanji fonts.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Net Install:
Open for Net Install->:
Read Me First</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 93
Feb 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_52578.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:OS Utilities:jGNE Helper:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is "jGNE Helper", formerly a monthly posting to the Usenet newsgroup alt.sources.mac. It provides an example for INIT programmers interested in filtering events before they are handed to applications calling GetNextEvent (which is called by WaitNextEvent).
The jGNE filter is the Apple-sanctioned method for filtering events. It is possible to patch event traps. It is sometimes even advisable. But since the jGNE filter is the sanctioned method, one ought to attempt to use it before patching traps.
For further info on the jGNE filter, consult your Technotes.
Requirements: Any Macintosh; Metrowerks CodeWarrior CW7 or Symantec THINK Project Manager 7.
Issues: Prospective users of this code should know that the plan of record for Copland does not include support for jGNEFilter. However, it is likely that Copland will include some form of global event filtering service. Carefully isolate your use of this code and you may be able to make the move to Copland without too much pain.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Language Kits:Korean Language Kit 1.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Apple's Korean Language Kit is an easy, affordable way to add Korean text to your documents. After the simple installation process, you can switch effortlessly between the computer's main language and Korean. The kit lets you enter, edit, and print Korean, and mix Korean with other languages in the same document--even in the same sentence. You can also use it to view Korean-language World Wide Web sites with the addition of Internet browsing software.
The Korean Language Kit comes with the Power Input Method, a feature-rich input method that allows conversion from hangul to hanja, can display the command menu in English or Korean, and provides an easy-to-use interface. The kit also includes two keyboard layouts for native speakers and two romaja modes for easy Korean input by non-native speakers. Also included is a set of transparent labels for customizing your keyboard.
The kit includes five QuickDraw GX-compatible TrueType fonts that produce high-quality on-screen and printed characters at many sizes. Unlike most other Korean language solutions, the Korean Language Kit offers full hanja support, including the hanja Dictionary Utility that allows a user to create a personal hanja dictionary.
The Korean Language Kit is based on Apple's WorldScript technology, which simplifies the way in which a single operating system can support multiple languages. It works with world ready applications that take advantage of WorldScript, such as ClarisWorks 4.0, WordPerfect, Nisus Writer, and WorldWrite. It can also be used with Korean localized applications.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Copy to your HD to install:
Install 1:
Install 10:
Install 11:
Install 12:
Install 13:
Install 14:
Install 2:
Install 3:
Install 4:
Install 5:
Install 6:
Install 7:
Install 8:
Install 9:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_53433.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Language Analysis SDK:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>The Language Analysis Architecture (LAA) provides applications with standard interface for lexical analysis on Mac OS.
It has been difficult for an application to support features such as indexing, grammar check, sorting, text-to-speech, translation, and rubi (reading of words), for some languages including Japanese, Chineese and Korean unlike English and other European languages.
In case of Japanese text, you see no space or punctuation between words within a clause or sometimes even within a whole sentense. This makes it difficult for an application to break text into words, or morphemes.
Now, LAA analyzes text, breaks it into morphemes, and returns them with lexical information, which applications can use to perform high-level tasks such as mentioned above. "Kotoeri", Apple's input method for Japanese, uses LAA to convert a string entered all in phonetic characters into a text of Kanji and Kana characters in the right order. It uses LAA to convert a given text of Kanji and Kana characters back into a string of phonetic characters as well.
Language Analysis SDK provides API for Language Analysis Manager and Dictionary Manager.
Japanese is the only target language in this release.
Required: MacOS 8.5 Japanese version or newer
Keywords: Language, Analysis, Language Analysis Architecture, Japanese, morpheme, Dictionary Manager, Analysis, Language Manager</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Language Analysis SDK.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_53660.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Language Kits:Language Kit Updater f/MacOS8:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>The release of Apple's Mac OS 8 brings increased functionality to your computer. The "Language Kit Updater for Mac OS 8" is designed to make this transition as easy as possible for Language Kit users. This Language Kit Updater will update your Apple Language Kit for compatibility with Mac OS 8.0 on your Mac OS compatible computer. The Apple Language Kit Updater for Mac OS 8 (LKU8) is necessary when attempting to use one of the following:
Current Language Kits with Mac OS 8.0 or newer.
Arabic Language Kit 1.0.1
Chinese Language Kit 1.2 (also CLK 1.1.1)
Cyrillic Language Kit 1.0
Hebrew Language Kit 1.0.1
Indian Language Kit 1.0
Japanese Language Kit 1.2
Korean Language Kit 1.0
Any attempt to use the LKU8 with previous versions of the above Language Kits is not supported and therefore not recommended.
Requires: Current Language Kits with Mac OS 8.0 or newer.
Arabic Language Kit 1.0.1
Chinese Language Kit 1.2 (also CLK 1.1.1)
Cyrillic Language Kit 1.0
Hebrew Language Kit 1.0.1
Indian Language Kit 1.0
Japanese Language Kit 1.2
Korean Language Kit 1.0
Keywords: Language Kit Updater Mac OS 8 Arabic Chinese Cyrillic Hebrew Indian Japanese Korean</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>LKU Install Disk 1:
LKU Install Disk 2:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_53998.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Printing:LaserWriter 8 API:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: LaserWriter 8.0 is the driver for the current printing architecture that many have been waiting for, with lots of nifty new features.
Features: Streamlined user interface. Supports PostScript printer definition (PPD) files for extensive printer-specific features. Saves EPS files. New API calls assist in QuickDraw to PostScript translation. Generates PostScript Level 2 code for Level 2 devices. Extremely compatible. Fixes many problems with older drivers. Faster performance, especially in background.
Requires: System Software 6.0.7 or later.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Developer Information
New API sample:
New API documentation
Read me before using new API!</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 93
Nov 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_54167.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Hardware:Misc. Tools:LFSR Verilog CAD Tool:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Data for a linear feedback shift register is entered through a dialog and produces a Verilog HDL module of a linear feedback shift register. A CAD tool for hardware ASIC/FPGA developers.
Features:
Used for training and using Verilog HDL.
Produces test code for module.
Calculates LFSR seed value. LFSR used for counters, prescalers, FIFO address generators, random number generators and CRC checkers.
Requires:
System 7.0 with 512Kbyte code.
Color preferred not necessary
Issues:
Doesn't open documents properly.
Keywords: CAD/CAM, ASIC Design</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Horiz Count
Large Count
LFSR
Readme
Vert Count</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_55521.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>This sample demonstrates a variety of techniques for using Open Transport’s list utility routines. Specifically, it shows how to use OTLIFO lists in a simple producer/consumer application. The code from this sample is featured in the latest release (v1.2) of the book “Inside Macintosh: Open Transport”.
Requires: Open Transport 1.1.1 or higher
Keywords: Open Transport, OTLIFO, OTFIFO, OTLink, linked list</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 97
Jun 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_55687.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD May 98 TC:Programs & Marketing:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Localization for Japan provides an overview of what is needed to successfully introduce a software product in the Japanese market.
Features: Targeting an audience ranging from product managers to software developers, this book tells you the important issues to consider when designing or modifying a domestic software package for distribution in Japan. It also provides information on subjects including document translation and establishing business partners in Japan.
Requires: Adobe Acrobat Reader</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Localization for Japan</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_56490.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:General tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: LockVol is a Control Panel device that can be used to test software handling of locked volumes, local or remote. With the use of System 7 and File Sharing, LockVol may come in handy for those trying to test their software. LockVol displays a popup menu containing all volumes in use by your Mac and allows you to change the status of each volume from unlocked, to having a software or hardware lock. Changes made in the Control Panel are immediate and remain intact until you change them back or re-mount the affected volume. The status of the startup volume is restored after a reboot. All other volume status’ are lost after a reboot.
Improvements for version 1.6:
• The status of volumes is now physically updated on disk. This allows the volume to be mounted/re-mounted with that state persisting. Note that only a 'software' locked volume can be unmounted/mounted and still remain 'software' locked. Making a volume 'hardwared' locked will lock it but the setting won't persist across an unmount/mount. This is due to the fact that when the file system mounts a volume it gets the hardware state of that volume. Since it's not really physically locked, there is no 'hardware' locked status returned. Note that no attempt is made to physically update a remote volume (shared, etc.) as it doesn't belong to us. Changes to remote volumes will remain local.
• Fixed a gray shading problem in the volume popup on 1-bit deep monitors. The popup would sometimes appear inactive when the window was in fact, active.
• The TAB key now cycles your through the volumes in the volume popup.
• There is no extension code anymore and as such the 'Show Startup' check box has been removed.
• And finally, the code size has become even smaller. This is in part due to design changes and the use of Matthew Axsom's neat cdev class that allowed me to build LockVol with CodeWarrior.
Requirements: LockVol works under System 6.0.5 (and up), System 7, and up to System 7.5. No known problems have been reported other than the ones you can create yourself by locking volumes that weren't originally locked.
Issues: LockVol is freeware. Permission is granted by the author for personal or electronic distribution as long as no fees or charges are received for it. LockVol remains the copyright of dEVoN Hubbard.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>General tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jul 92
Jun 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_56633.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:MPW Related:Lurkers 1.7:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Lurkers is an MPW tool that is used to examine the Projector state of files (i.e. whether a file belongs to a project, is checked-in/checked-out/modifiable, etc.) This version, 1.7, replaces previous versions that can be found on prior releases of the Developer's CD.
This updated release of the tool has been modified so that filenames are quoted the way that the MPW shell performs its quoting. A new option, -p, allows the user to control the generation of progress messages while the tool is running.
Requires: MPW
Keywords: Lurkers, Projector, MPW</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>FStubs.c
FStubs.c.o
Lurkers
Lurkers README
Lurkers README.txt
Lurkers.c
Lurkers.c.o
Lurkers.r
MakeFile
NameRevisionCurrent</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 94
Jan 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_70323.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>This sample code demonstrates how a LaserWriter communication hose plug-in can be written for LaserWriter 8. An IrDA (Infrared) hose is used here as an example.
This sample code demonstrates how a LaserWriter communication hose plug-in can be written for LaserWriter 8. An IrDA (Infrared) hose is used here as an example.
<text>Dev.CD Apr 99 SSW Disk1:Worldwide System Software:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This disk contains Mac OS 8.5.1 Updates that were available as this CD went to press.
Mac OS 8.5.1 Update fixes a memory leak in AppleScript, a memory problem in the file system, and a Mac OS Extended format corruption issue, re-enables the use of many third party ADB devices, and provides some improved communication through Internet proxy firewalls for Sherlock. In addition, Apple has developed a number of additional Sherlock plug-ins that are included in this update. Watch for new updates at http://www.apple.com/support/
Keywords: AppleScript, Mac OS, Sherlock, Updates , 8.5.1</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>D-German:
E-Spanish:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 97
Feb 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_57266.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:What's New?:Technical Documentation:Misc Standards:Mac OS Text Encodings:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This package consists of text files that provide information about the various text encodings used for different languages in the Mac OS, including tables showing how the characters in each encoding are mapped to Unicode by the Text Encoding Converter.
1 ReadMe file describing general mapping principles and listing all of the Mac OS text encodings.
1 file describing Apple’s use of the Unicode private use area.
24 files - one for each encoding - providing specific information about that encoding and specifying the encoding by showing how it maps to Unicode.
Requires: Any text editor.
The text encodings and/or the mappings may change from time to time. Changes to a file are noted in a change history at the beginning of the file.
Keywords: text encoding, character set, Text Encoding Converter, font encoding</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>ARABIC.TXT
CENTEURO.TXT
CHINSIMP.TXT
CHINTRAD.TXT
CORPCHAR.TXT
CROATIAN.TXT
CYRILLIC.TXT
DEVANAGA.TXT
DINGBATS.TXT
FARSI.TXT
GREEK.TXT
GUJARATI.TXT
GURMUKHI.TXT
HEBREW.TXT
ICELAND.TXT
JAPANESE.TXT
KOREAN.TXT
README.TXT
ROMAN.TXT
ROMANIAN.TXT
SYMBOL.TXT
THAI.TXT
TURKISH.TXT
UKRAINE.TXT</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Apr 98
Nov 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_57540.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Hardware:Mac OS USB DDK v1.3f3:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Release of the USB v1.3f3 Driver Development Kit. Includes system extensions which provide USB support for many third party USB PCI cards and for the iMac and 1999 Power Macintosh G3 systems which have USB present.
USB provides support for isochronous endpoint, and support multiple drivers within a single driver file. This release also implements a number of bug fixes as documented in the Mac OS USB v1.3f3 Readme file.
Keywords: USB, Universal Serial Bus, ADB, HID, Human Interface Devices, Mass Storage, SerialShimLib</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Examples:
Extensions-AppleBuilt:
Extensions-MCWBuilt:
Interfaces:
Libraries:
Mac OS USB Compatibility Notes
Mac OS USB DDK License
Mac OS USB DDK Readme
Mac OS USB v1.3f3 Readme
USB.h
usb_api_ref_24v4.pdf
Utilities:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 98
Oct 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_57752.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>MacApp Release 14d1 is the first 'development' level version of MacApp Release 14. We do not recommend using this version of MacApp in the development of commercial quality final software.
MacApp Release 14d1 provides support for building MacApp-based applications for use under the CarbonLib on Mac OS 8.5. It also incorporates several bug fixes as well as additional work for building MacApp-based applications for running under the Windows operating system.
MacApp Release 14d1 is the first development release which provides support for Carbon.
Requires: Mac OS 7.1 or later, 16 MB RAM, 28 MB Free Hard Disk Space.
The person installing this package must agree to a license agreement presented during the installation process.
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Misc. Standards:MacBinary:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: MacBinary Standard
Features: MacBinary II Conf is a dialog of those defining the MacBinary II standard. It is interesting if you want to know how the MacBinary II protocol evolved from the original MacBinary. It also provides answers to questions regarding implimentation can be found in here.
The MacBinary-Standard and MacBinary-II-Standard are the definitions of the MacBinary protocols. These will be of interest to folks implimenting MacBinary in their communications or file compression packages.
Requires: Adobe Acrobat Reader.</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>macbinary-II-conf
macbinary-II-conf2
macbinary-II-standard
macbinary-standard</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_58236.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:General tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Apple designed MacCheck‚Ñ¢ as a suport tool that provides configuration and software problem detection for the use of Apple phone support people and knowledgable consumers. Intended for 7.1 users, though it will run on all 7.0 and above systems.
Provides configuration information, Disk First Aid (7.2) verification code, system file corruption detection, duplicate System Folder detection, and a logic board test.
Features:
•Hardware configuration
•Software configuration of startup device (and limited information about other on-line volumes)
•Software problem detection
-Directory corruption detection (Disk First Aid 7.2 verification
code)
-System file (System, Finder, System Enabler, Launcher)
corruption detection
-Duplicate System Folder detection
• Logic board test
Requires: MacPlus or above
Recommended for System 7.1; it will run on System 7.0 and above.
Issues:
•Not to be licenced with any other products
•Incompatible with Thunder™ 7
•Some printing incompatibilities:
(not a 100%, but some reports…)
-HP DeskWriter (550, 550C)
-Possibly LaserWriter 8.0
•Each log holds only 32K of information
If the user has many applications, fonts, or files with creation dates > modification dates, not all of the config
information will fit in the logs.
•MacCheck™ is a trademark of Apple Computer
Keywords: MacCheck‚Ñ¢</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>General tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Oct 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_58701.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Macintosh Drag and Drop:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Macintosh Drag and Drop is new technology from Apple, which you should support. By using Macintosh Drag and Drop, you can easily implement intra and inter-application drag and drop in your applications. Your products will have an improved user interface, and your users will be able to manipulate and work with their data faster and more intuitively. Version 1.1.1 corrects a problem with the Universal interface file.
Macintosh Drag and Drop implements the new Drag Manager toolbox. Use the Drag Manager routines to add drag and drop behavior to your application. To provide the standard drag and drop interface, you only need to add a few new calls and provide two callback routines that are utilized during drag operations.
The Drag Manager is integrated with the latest Finder (included in System 7 Pro and System 7.5), allowing users to drag and drop files from the Finder into any applications’ windows and providing file information for those files. Applications can also find out where data was dropped in the Finder — for example, that it was dropped into the Trash.
Version 1.1 of Macintosh Drag and Drop adds support for native PowerPC applications and fixes a number of key bugs with version 1.0. To support native applications, we've included two new files for your development and we've improved the Macintosh Drag and Drop extension to provide PowerPC glue code. For development, we provide the DragLib library that you use to link with your application and we provide a universal Drag.h file for you to include. You do not need to include the DragLib file with your application as long as you start your Macintosh with the Macintosh Drag and Drop version 1.1 file in your extension folder. The extension will provide the DragLib code fragment that your application will link with at run time.
You may license Macintosh Drag and Drop 1.1 and include it with your products. Macintosh Drag and Drop 1.1 includes the Macintosh Drag and Drop file, the Clipping Extension file, and the Dragging Enabler file. You may not license any other files in the Developer’s Kit. Please call Apple Software Licensing at (408) 974 4667 for information.
Requirements: Macintosh Drag and Drop 1.1 requires System 7.0 or later to operate. On System 7.0 or 7.0.1 you may drag within your application windows or between them.
The inter-application dragging features of Macintosh Drag and Drop require System 7 Pro or use of the Dragging Enabler file with System 7.1. Support for clipping files requires the Clipping Extension file with Finder version 7.1.3 or later. Finder version 7.1.3 is included in System 7 Pro and with this Developer’s Kit. Note that Finder version 7.1.1 was released in the PowerBook File Assistant product, and with Macintosh Drag and Drop it allows you to receive and promise files, but does not create or support clipping files. For implicit data type translation, Macintosh Easy Open version 1.0.3 or later is required.
Issues:
Macintosh Drag and Drop is incompatible with the graphics acceleration of the 8•24 GC video card. With this card and the 8•24 GC control panel installed, Macintosh Drag and Drop may leave bits on the screen while dragging on the 8•24’s display. Remove the 8•24 GC control panel to fix the problem.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Clipping Extension
Clippings:
Demo Applications:
Documentation:
Dragging Enabler
DragLib
Finder 7.1.3:
Interfaces&Libraries
Macintosh Drag and Drop
Read Me First</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 93
Aug 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_59361.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Summary: Macintosh Easy Open (aka The Translation Manager) allows users to open documents created by applications they do not have. The developer kit allows the application developer to create Macintosh Easy Open— savvy applications as well as translation systems which actually perform translation.
Features: Contains Macintosh Easy Open 1.1.1 developers kit which allows any user running System 7.0 or later to get automatic document translation. Macintosh Easy Open also assists in performing scrap (in memory) translation. Kind strings are enhanced in the Finder so document types are more robust.
Requires System 7.0 or later. Power Macintosh required for native translator support.
Issues: Please contact Apple Licensing for redistribution information.
Keywords: Translation, Macintosh Easy Open, Translator
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Claris XTND Files:
Document Converter
Documentation:
Macintosh Easy Open
Macintosh Easy Open Reference
Open Me
Read Me First
Translation Extensions:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jul 93
Aug 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_59512.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Apr 98 SDK1:Development Kits (Disc 1):Macintosh PAP Client Interface:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: AppleTalk's Printer Access Protocol (PAP) is a session level protocol that enables communication between workstations and printers or print servers. The Macintosh PAP Client Interface implements the workstation side of PAP for the Macintosh.
PAPWorkStation.o version 8.3.4 fixes a problem which affected some PowerPC Macintosh computers with PCI expansion slots printing to fast printers/print servers. Note: there are no changes to PAP.h and PAP.p.
Keywords: Print, AppleTalk, PAP
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>PAP Client - Read Me First
PAP Client Interface
PAP.a.o
PAP.h
PAP.p
PAPWorkStation.o</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Apr 96
Oct 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_59794.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Aug 97 TC:What's New?:Developer Notes:Macintosh PowerBook 2400c:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This developer note describes the Macintosh PowerBook 2400c computer, a new computer based on the same architecture as the PowerBook 3400 computer but smaller and lighter. This developer note describes only the changes that make the new models different from the PowerBook 3400.
Requires: Acrobat Reader</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Macintosh PowerBook 2400c</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_60047.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD May 98 TC:Programs & Marketing:Macintosh PowerBook Qualified:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is the prgram guide for the new Macintosh PowerBook Qualified logo licensing program. This is technical, legal and marketing documentation in Adobe Acrobat format.
The Kit includes:
Guide to Macintosh PowerBook Qualified Program
Program Technical Specifications
Program Pre-testing Guidelines
Legal Documentation for licensing and program participation
Requires: Adobe Acrobat Reader
Keywords: MPQ, Macintosh, PowerBook, Qualified, PC Card, Card and Socket Services</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Guide_To_MPQ.pdf
MPQ Read Me
MPQ_Program_Kit.pdf</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_60330.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Summary: MacODBC is the standard way for developers to write MacOS-based applications that communicate to databases using the Open DataBase Connectivity (ODBC) standard. This folder contains the software development kit for MacODBC version 2.1.2 GM.
Features:
• Cross-platform remote database access
• Wide range of third party drivers
• All major relational databases covered
• Many Mac OS databases also supported (Butler from Everyware Corp. , dTF from theta group and many more )
Requires: MacOS System 7.5
Please report bugs and problems to kodom@visigenic.com.
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Human Interface:MacOS8Documentation:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Mac OS 8 Human Interface Guidelines
This new supplement to Macintosh Human Interface Guidelines will help developers take advantage of Mac OS 8 and beyond. Get the inside information on the Appearance Manager, new and upgraded controls, dialog box layout guidelines and much more!
Keywords: Mac OS 8, Human Interface Guidelines</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>MacOS8 HIGuidelines.pdf
README</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Oct 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_60996.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Debuggers & dcmds:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>MacsBug is Apple's assembly-level PowerPC and 68K debugger. It fully supports debugging in the mixed-mode PowerPC and 68K environment. This is a must-have tool for any serious Macintosh software or hardware developer.
This version contains many new features including dynamic register colorization (displays registers as they change in hilighted colors), supports displays at any bit depth (previous versions required 8-bit or less), as well as a host of bug fixes (Memory Manager heaps are better examined for consistency).
Requires: Macintosh running System 7 or later and a 68020 or better processor.
<text>Summary: This folder contains the MacSNMP developer's kit. It has all the interface files, documentation, demo and test software that are necessary to start development of agents for the MacSNMP architecture.
This folder also contains the MacSNMP transport developer's kit. It contains all the additional information you would need to implement SNMP over transports other than AppleTalk or TCP (which are supplied by Apple).
In order to install a working SNMP client on your Macintosh, you need to install the AppleTalk Connection and/or TCP/IP Connection product software. These products are included on E.T.O. - an alias has been provided for your convenience.
The current version of MacSNMP (v1.1) is compatible with version 1.1.2 of the Apple Shared Library Manager. This folder contains all components of ASLM 1.1.2 needed to develop MacSNMP agents.
The folder MacSNMP Update 1.1.1 contains a new version of the SNMP Macintosh Agent that fixes a problem with the gestaltTable with System 7.5.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>AppleTalk
ASLM
MacSNMP - Read Me First
MacSNMP demo and test:
MacSNMP Dev Docs:
MacSNMP Update 1.1.1:
MacTCP
NSI
SNMP Transports Dev Kit:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_61638.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
• current release of MacTCP (v2.0.6) and MacTCP Admin (v2.0.6)
• TCP/IP Connection for Macintosh (v2.0.4)
• TCP/IP Administration for Macintosh (v2.0.4)
This folder also includes:
• MacTCP 2.0.6 Release Notes
• an updater for the MacTCP and MacTCP Admin control panels (from v2.0.4 to 2.0.6)
• MacTCP development tools and documentation
IMPORTANT NOTES
• This is one of the electronic distribution channels available for MacTCP documentation and developer tools. These options replace the separate Developer Kits previously available for individual networking products.
• Only the MacTCP and MacTCP Admin control panels have changed to 2.0.6. The Connection and Administration disks have not been re-rolled to use the new files.
•The MacTCP 2.0.4 to 2.0.6 Patch is an update for MacTCP 2.0.4. Since the MacTCP 2.0.4 to 2.0.6 Patch must be applied to an unmodified MacTCP 2.0.4, be sure to get or install a fresh copy from your original disks before attempting to update MacTCP. Be aware that opening or configuring MacTCP may cause it to modify itself.
NOTE: Developers should do all new development with Open Transport where possible.
Keywords: MacTCP, TCP/IP</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>2.0.6 Files:
MacTCP - Read Me First
MacTCP 2.x Docs:
MacTCP Developer Tools:
TCP/IP Administration.image
TCP/IP Connection.image</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Apr 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_61984.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Networking:MacTCP:MacTCP Token Ring MTU Tool:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The MacTCP Token Ring Extension supports an MTU (maximum transmission unit) of 2000 bytes. This tool allows users to increase this MTU size to take advantage of higher capacity networks.
Requires: MacTCP 1.1, MacTCP Token Ring Extension, Token Ring card </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>MTU Tool
Read me</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_62313.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Networking:MacTCP:MacTCP+ Tool:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This tool updates the MacTCP 1.1 driver to correct a problem with the reception of packets on Macintosh Pluses running System 7.0 or later.
Features: The modified MacTCP driver will work on Apple Macintosh Plus Computers running System 7. The release version 1.1 of MacTCP does not work in this configuration.
Requires: MacTCP 1.1, System 7, Mac+
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>MacTCP+ Tool
README for MacTCP+ Tool</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_62925.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Technical Documentation:Apple Event Registry & Suites:Apple Event Registry:Mail Suite 1.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The Mail Suite provides the framework and some tools for creating an Apple Event suite for mail within applications. This package contains Mail Suite documentation, a sample dictionary (ATET resource), a demo script, a .h header file and a dummy application (MailFoo).
Keywords: Mail Suite, Apple Events, AppleScript, email</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Demo of Mail Suite Dict. 1.0
Mail Suite (1.0)
Mail Suite Dictionary ('aete')
MailFoo
MailSuite.h
ReadMe - Mail Suite 1.0</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_63090.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:MPW Related:MakeMake 2.0d38:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: MakeMake is an MPW tool which generates correct, complete makefiles.
Features: Automatically generates complete included-file dependencies for C, C++, Pascal, Asm, and Rez sources. The makefiles are self-maintaining and easily modified or updated. Handles builds of almost any complexity. </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Makemake
Makemake manual</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol III
Aug 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_63381.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:QuickTime:MegaMovies 1.6.2:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This test tool application demonstrates the use of the standard movie controllers and its manipulation of movie files. This tool tests other functions to integrate QuickTime‚Ñ¢ with other components of the System Software.
Features:
Multiple Movie Files: More than one movie an be opened at once. By selecting "Open Multiple", the user can input the number of movies from the same movie file to open. This is useful for multiple movie testing.
Standard Movie Controllers: The user can control movies with operations : start, stop, sound on/off, frame advance, playbar, size grow box, hide and show of controllers. The special Movie Controller window allows the user to eliminate movie controllers from any window.
Movie Editing: Cut, copy, paste, clear and undo of movies. This tool supports both editing conventions with either the standard controllers or by copying movie selections using the Movie Toolbox. Use the shift key and move the playbar to make a selection. The selection portion of the playbar turns black. After that, all items in the Edit menu will function. Movies copied to the clipboard will include both the poster PICT and the 'moov' sequence. The Finder will show only the Poster PICT.
Looping: Both forms of looping blayback are supported : normal and palindrome looping. Palindrome loop involves playing forwards, then backwards then forwards again. You can perform this operation on the single active movie or on multiple movies.
Goto Beginning or End: You can hop to the beginning or end of the active movie or for all movies. This can be particularly useful when putting multiple movies in synch.
Bit Depth switching: Changing the monitor bit depths from black&white, 4, 16, 256 colors in any order and in any combination. Switching occurs during a set interval time.
Heap Scrambling: During movie play, you can invoke heap scrambling. This involves moving memory around every time a toolbox call uses the memory manager. This can involve scrambling the system heap or application heap.
SysBeep interrupt: The CPU can invoke a SysBeep call during a set interval time (in ticks). When a movie is currently open, a SysBeep will result only as a menubar flash. However, if a movie is without a sound track or a movie is closed, the SysBeep will beep normally.
Define Window Type: Rather than using just the standard "square" window shape, MegaMovies uses a special WDEF resource for displaying various window sizes. The standard Macintosh WDEFs are also included. Note that when selecting a particular window shape, all movies opened after that will reflect that change.
Movie Status: Opens a window displaying the current movie being examined. It will tell you all you need to know about movie controllers, frames/sec performance, playback rates, etc.
Also: Preference Settings, AppleEvents aware, Flattenning Movies, Hiding and Showing of Controllers
Requires: Mac with 68020 or later, System 6.0.7 or later, QuickTime‚Ñ¢ 1.0 extension </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>MegaMovies
Read Me
Read Me.txt</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jul 92
Feb 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_63848.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Virtual User tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Memory Monitor is a software utility which provides memory usage information to a programatically driven environment, such as Virtual User (V.U.), AppleScript or any Apple Event capable environment. Memory Monitor was created to assist test engineers using an automated test environment to obtain memory usage information without the need of human intervention. It has been used extensively for gathering Ram foot print information of software products. It can also help locate memory leaks.
Features: Memory Monitor provides infomation about memory usage from three vantage points:
1) From Macsbug's point of view you can obtain the same info as the Heap Totals (HT), Heap Zones (HZ), and Heap Check (HC) commands.
2) From the Process Manager's point of view you can obtain a list of active processes and get the information provided by the GetProcessInformation tool box call for each process.
3) From Finder's point of view you can obtain the numbers provided by the "About this Macintosh" dialog.
Requirements: Memory Monitor requires System Software 7.0 or greater, and Apple® Event Manager v1.0.1 or later. Memory Monitor can be utilized by either Virtual User 2.0 or any AppleScript capable environment. Memory Monitor runs on all Macintosh models including and after the Macintosh Plus.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Toolbox:Menu Defproc 1.0.3:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is a menu definition procedure (MDEF) with source code. It looks similar to the standard MDEF, though there are differences. This is sample code which is best used when you to see how an MDEF can be written.
Features: Concordia includes the normal features for a text MDEF, plus pop-up menus, hierarchical menus, and scrolling. It doesn’t support color icons, multiple scripts, bidirectional scripts, or gray dimming.
Requires: Any Macintosh, This MDEF is not fully tested. </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>ChooseTkl.c
ChooseTkl.h
Concordia
Concordia Info
Concordia Info.txt
Concordia.c
Concordia.h
Concordia.make
Concordia.r
DrawTkl.c
DrawTkl.h
PopUpTkl.c
PopUpTkl.h
SizeTkl.c
SizeTkl.h</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol III
Vol VII
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_64926.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:QuickTime:MIDIConverter:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: MIDIConverter is an application for converting general MIDI files (file type 'Midi') to QuickTime movie files. To convert just select the MIDI files and drag them on top of this app. When the conversion is done, the movies files can be found in the original file folder.
Requires: System 7 or later, QuickTime 1.5 or later.
Keywords: MIDI, Music movie, converter
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>MIDIConverter
MIDIConverter Readme
MIDIConverter Readme.txt</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Apr 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_65261.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Virtual User tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: MiniLauncher can be used to launch applications by typing the name of the application into an edit text field (used mainly with Virtual User under 6.0.x).
Features: MiniLauncher can be set to launch an application directly, launch the application via a document, or launch the application and print a document.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Virtual User tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol VII
Nov/Dec 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_65532.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Summary: MoofWars is a piece of sample code that demonstrates a few techniques to build efficient animation code on the PowerPC. This code takes advantage of DrawSprocket to provide access to page flipping when the video hardware supports it. This sample is written in C++.
The main features in this application are the graphic and tile classes, which are used to draw the background and then composite sprites on top of it. The blitters within these classes are designed to move data as efficiently as possible on PowerPC -- that is, whenever possible every read and every write is done on an aligned boundary, and data is moved in as big a chunks as possible.
This version should work on any PowerMac. It requires the DrawSprocket shared library, which can be found on the MacOS SDK and also on the Sprockets web page, http://dev.info.apple.com/games.
Issues: There aren't any bugs that I know of. This version runs only in 8-bit mode, although DrawSprocket should set this mode automatically. By default, debugging code is compiled into the project, so you should have MacsBug installed when you run this code.
Keywords: games sprockets sprite blitters DrawSprocket MoofWars</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Oct 96
Nov 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_66113.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>MoreFiles is a collection of high-level routines written to answer common File Manager questions and to show how to perform common operations involving the Mac OS file system.
The routines in MoreFiles have been tested, documented, and code-reviewed by Apple.
MoreFiles provides: high-level and FSSpec style routines for parameter-block only File Manager calls; useful utility routines that perform many common File Manager related operations; a robust file copy routine; a recursive directory copy routine; a catalog searching routines; high-level and FSSpec style routines for Desktop Manager calls; and routines for dealing with pathnames. See the file "!MoreFiles Read Me" for a description of fixes & improvements in version 1.4.9.
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Sample Code:Overview:MoreIsBetter:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>A code sample and library which provides indispensable work-arounds and illustrations for Mac OS programming.
Wrapper functions for: Control Manager, Appearance Manager, Dialog Manager, Window Manager, Menu Manager, Navigation Services, Network Setup, and more.
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Sample Code:Networking:MoreNetworkSetup:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This sample includes two source code libraries which provide simplified access to Network Setup. The first, MoreNetworkSetup, is a simple wrapper around Network Setup. The second, NetworkSetupHelpers, provides high-level functionality (for example, turning AppleTalk on/off, switching TCP/IP configurations) that works with both Network Setup and on pre-Mac OS 8.5 systems.
Requires: MoreNetworkSetup requires the Network Setup library, which is currently only available as part of Mac OS 8.5. NetworkSetupHelpers provides compatibility glue for older systems and merely requires OT 1.1.1 or higher.
Keywords: TCP/IP AppleTalk reconfiguration Network Setup OTTCPWillDial AppleTalk on off enabled disabled active inactive</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>MoreInterfaceLib:
MoreSetup.h
MoreTextUtils:
NetworkSetup:
PLStringFuncs:
Read Me</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 99
Dec 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Revised since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_67169.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Networking:MacTCP:MPing 1.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: MPing is a network testing tool. It uses ICMP protocol's ECHO_REQUEST datagram to elicit an ICMP ECHO_RESPONSE from a host or gateway. This program is intended for use in network testing, measurement and management. It should be used primarily for manual fault isolation.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>***** Readme first *****
MPing
Sources:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol X
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_67775.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:MPW:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This folder contains Golden Master and Pre-release versions of MPW, debuggers for both Power Macintosh and 68K Macintosh, some miscellaneous MPW-related software, and complete documentation.
MPW is a general-purpose development environment that can be used to create 68K and Power Macintosh applications. It includes an editor, C/C++ compilers, assemblers, linkers, and dozens of useful tools and utilities.
MPW requires a 68K Macintosh with a 68020 or higher microprocessor, or any Power Macintosh.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:MPW Related:MPW Script Tips 1.1.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Tips supplementing the MPW 3.0 documentation for MPW scripting
Features: The sample scripts are heavily commented so that the concepts on which they are based can be easily transferred to other scripts. Also includes tips documents on putting commands together to write useful scripts.
Requires: MPW 3.2 or later </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Documents:
READMEFIRST!
Sample Makefiles:
Sample Scripts:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_68731.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:MPW Related:MPWTool:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is an MPW tool which plays sounds. It is able to select a sound to play at random from the sound resources within itself. This tool can also be used to signal events like "build completed."
Requires: MPW
This package is System 7.0 compatible.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>BuildFailed
BuildProgram
BuildSucceeded
MakeFile
MPWTool
MPWTool.c
Read Me
Read Me.txt</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol XI
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_69053.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:MRJ:MRJ 2.1.4 Web Install:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text> Ô£ø About Mac OS Runtime for Java 2.1.4
Mac OS Runtime for Java (MRJ) 2.1.4 is an upgrade to MRJ 2.1.3. It fixes two severe bugs that affected Java applications, but not applets.
• In some Java applications, windows would occasionally disappear or become non-functional.
• Quitting a Java application would occasionally cause another application to quit, or a file opened by another application to close. This would happen only when the second application had been launched, or the file opened, after MRJ opened a window.
This release is Bronze certified for running applications built with Oracle Developer 1.6.1 and deployed on Oracle Developer Server using Apple Applet Runner 2.1.4.
• Apple has created a mailing list server, called MRJ-DEV, to serve the Mac OS Runtime for Java (MRJ) developer community. To join this list, go to the Apple Mailing List Server at http://www.lists.apple.com/mrj.html.
• Do not call Apple’s 800 number(s) regarding this software since our operators are not trained to support developer products.
• Monitor the MRJ web site at http://developer.apple.com/java/ for additional documentation, information about future releases, known problems, and other MRJ news.
Minimum system requirements
• Macintosh computer with a PowerPC processor
• System 7.6.1 or later
• 24 megabytes (MB) of RAM. For better performance, 32 MB of RAM is recommended, with virtual memory turned on and set to at least 33 MB. Installing more than 32 MB of RAM will greatly improve performance and increase the number of Java applets and applications that can run simultaneously.
• At least 20 MB of free disk space
• Using Java applets over the Internet requires Open Transport 1.1 or later and an active Internet connection.
• You may experience improved performance if you have QuickTime 3.0 installed. QuickTime 3.0 is installed with Mac OS 8.5, or you can download it at http://quicktime.apple.com.
Known issues
• Java Epoch Date: Java’s internal clock calculates dates as the time since January 1, 1970. If the system clock on your Macintosh is set to an earlier date, Java applets and applications may hang or exhibit other unusual behavior. Ensure that the current date in your Date &Time Control Panel is at least 1/1/70.
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Development Kits:Mac OS:MRJ Redistribution SDK Δí:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>About the MRJ 2.1.4 Redistribution SDK
The MRJ 2.1.4 Redistribution SDK enables developers to install Mac OS Runtime for Java (MRJ) 2.1.4 as part of their own installation packages. The SDK helps assure that any such redistribution complies with the terms of the Apple software licensing agreement. Before using this SDK, you must sign an Apple licensing agreement for redistributing MRJ. For more information, see the Apple Licensing web site at http://developer.apple.com/mkt/swl/.
Java is evolving rapidly, and Apple frequently updates MRJ and the MRJ SDK, both as final quality for use by the general public, and as pre-release for use in testing and development. Only the final release of MRJ 2.1.4 may be redistributed using this Redistribution SDK. For information about the latest MRJ releases and developing in Java for the Macintosh, see Apple’s Java Developer web site at http://developer.apple.com/java/.
Contents
MRJ Redistribution.smi
• A self-mounting image which contains the complete MRJ 2.1.4 package and the MRJ Redistributor.
Warning: Mounting the MRJ Redistribution.smi will automatically launch the MRJ Redistributor program. If you mount it manually to inspect its contents, you should also be sure to explicitly quit the program.
Sample Code
• Redistribution sample code that demonstrates how to write installer extensions for the Apple Installer, Installer VISE, and Stuffit InstallerMaker.
Minimum requirements
The MRJ Redistribution SDK includes the “MRJ Redistribution.smi” that you will bundle with your own product. Installing and running MRJ will require additional memory and disk space over that needed for your product. Refer to the document “About MRJ 2.1.4” for MRJ’s system requirements.
• You should be familiar with Apple Events and installer extensions to use the examples provided here. For information on Apple Events and the Apple Event Manager, refer to the online Apple developer documentation at http://developer.apple.com/techpubs/.
• CodeWarrior Pro 4.1 is required for building the sample code provided in this SDK.
• Installer proprietary headers from one or more of the following installer vendors is required for building the sample code: Installer VISE, Stuffit InstallerMaker, or the Apple Installer.
• Important: The MRJ Redistributor returns a reply of "Restart" to indicate that a restart is required before MRJ can be used. Due to limitations in the plug-in architecture of VISE, Apple Installer, and Stuffit, the plug-ins generated in these examples don’t pass this restart information back to the installer application. Other installers may be able to selectively handle restarts. Because of this limitation, in using these examples, you must make sure the machine is restarted after the installation completes.
Apple Installer example
• The Apple Installer wrapper code is contained in the source files MRJAppleSetup.c and MRJApple.c.
• The Apple Installer example is comprised of two CodeWarrior targets that generate two resource files that perform two installer functions. The first target “Apple Installer Setup” generates a resource file called APPLEMRJSETUP.rsrc. This is to be included as a installer setup function. The second target, “Apple Installer” generates a resource file called APPLEMRJ.rsrc that is to be included as an installer action atom called during the install.
Installer VISE example
• The Installer VISE wrapper code is contained in the source file MRJVise.c.
• The Installer VISE example generates an installer extension called VISEMRJ.rsrc.
• The Installer VISE example is set up to be called at initialization of the installer. In the VISE External Code settings, specify that this extension needs to be called at initialization and before the install.
Stuffit InstallerMaker example
• The Stuffit InstallerMaker wrapper code is contained in the source file MRJStuffit.c.
• The Stuffit Installer example generates an installer extension called STUFFITMRJ.rsrc.
• The Stuffit Installer extension just needs to be included when you build the Stuffit installer and will automatically be called at the beginning of the install.
Warning: Java technology is not fault tolerant and is not designed, manufactured, or intended for use or resale for online control of equipment in nuclear facilities, aircraft navigation or communication systems, or air traffic control machines in which the failure of the Java technology or Mac OS Runtime for Java could lead directly to death, personal injury, or severe physical or environmental damage.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:MPW:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>MrPlus is a performance analysis tool for PowerPC applications. It generates data relating to performance analysis and will also rearrange code blocks for optimum performance.
Requires: Power Macintosh system
Keywords: performance analysis</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>MPW etc.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_70098.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Multiprocessing 2.0 SDK:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Multiprocesssing Services is a technology that allows your application to create tasks that run independently on one or more microprocessors. Multiprocessing Services automatically divides processor time among available tasks so no particular task can "hog" the system. On computers with multiple microprocessors, you can perform multiple tasks simultaneously.
Multitasking allows an operating system to attend to several different operations at the same time. These operations may appear to occur simultaneously on even a single-processor system, due to the speed of the processor. If multiple processors exist, the Multiprocessing Services divides the tasks among all the available proceessors to maximize efficiency. Several tasks can be executed simultaneously, reducing overall execution time. This feature allows you to deivide up time-intensive calculations among several microprocessors.
This technology is available with Mac OS 8.6 and later, although some functions may work with earlier system software versions.
***WARNING: The words "Veronica" and "Sonata" may be found in some of the documentation***
<text>Sample code to demonstrate how to append your own help menu items under the help menu. As an aside, also shows how to implement hierarchical sub-menus.
Appending your own help menu items. How to implement hierarchical sub-menus.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Networks:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This ResEdit file contains MacsBug 'mxbm' and 'mxwt' for the .MPP, .ATP, .XPP, and .DSP AppleTalk drivers and for the PPC Toolbox. Add these resources to MacsBug's Debugger Prefs file and you'll be able to easily trap on AppleTalk driver control calls and PPC Toolbox calls and you'll also be able to dump the parameter blocks and associated data structures used by those calls.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Networks:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This package provides a TMON Pro 3.0 User Area for AppleTalk. The templates and macros simplify trapping on AppleTalk calls and provide templates for viewing the parameter blocks and associated data structures used by these calls.
Features: TMON Pro User Area for AppleTalk plus source code for the resource fork of the user area, and listing of macros.
Requires: System 6.0.x, 7.0, and 7.0.1, TMON Pro 3.0.x
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Networks.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Apr 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_71924.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Navigation Services SDK:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Navigation Services is a new API to open, save documents and select files, folders or volumes. Navigation Services supersedes the current StandardFile packages and provides an architecture that makes it possible to access repositories other than HFS file systems, such as the LAN, Internet based servers or databases.
Navigation Services provides new standard dialogs for the following operations:
- open document
- save documents
- select volume
- select folder
- select file
- select object
- create folder
- confirm save
- confirm revert
Navigation Services provides a new document saving model that enables transparent conversion, encoding, upload and download of documents.
Navigation Services also provides a number of tools to increase productivity and speed up document access, including:
- outline view (icon, name, date modified, sorting, etc)
- simultaneous opening of multiple documents, including on different volumes
- recent documents tracking
- favorite folders and documents
- shortcuts
- history
- previews
- etc.
Requirements: Software: 7.5.5 and above
Hardware: 68K or PowerPC
68k only-- you need
- CFM-68K Runtime Enabler
-NuDragLib.slb
- NuQuickTimeLib.slb
-NuTranslationLib.slb
-NuThreadsLib.slb
-ObjectSupportLib
For 68k and PPC, you need:
-OT 1.3 or greater
-QuickTime 2.5 or greater
-Appearance 1.0.1 or greater.</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Documentation:
Examples:
Libraries:
Navigation Services 1.1 Read Me</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_72090.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:HyperCard Related:Navigable Movie Toolkit:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The Navigable Movie Toolkit (a HyperCard stack) is designed to assist in making Navigable Movies, QuickTime movies that offer a user-controllable view of an object or environment from a fixed point in space. The Toolkit controls a specially configured set of off-the-shelf hardware and software in order to make Navigable Movies. The resulting movies can be played with the Navigable Movie Player included as part of the Toolkit; the Player may be included in your own stacks.
During playback, the user is able to control the view by click-dragging the mouse in the movie’s window; the experience is that of peering around the space, moving one’s head horizontally and/or vertically. Complete documentation is included.
Requires:
For acquisition: Any Macintosh that has two serial ports (one optional).
For digitizing: Any Macintosh that supports QuickTime video digitizing
Issues: The Toolkit is the result of an investigation in ATG/Human Interface Group, and is supplied as-is. This is an update to version 1.0.1.
<text>Dev.CD Aug 99 TC:What's New?:Development Kits:Mac OS:Navigation Services SDK:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>The Navigation Services suite greatly enhances the user experience of opening, saving and selecting documents, while giving your application new capabilities without customizing code.
Navigation Services is a new set of APIs to:
- open and save documents
- confirm save / discard changes
- select a file, folder or volume
- create a new folder
Benefits of adopting Navigation Services APIs for your application include:
- new movable, resizable, Appearance-aware Open & Save dialogs
- easier navigation: list view with disclosure triangles, recent items, favorite items, etc.
- built-in file format translation
- transparent delivery of new features in future versions of the System Software.
More information on the features may be found in the Navigation Services developer note.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Networking:SNMP:Network Management (SNMP):</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Network Management Specifications for the Macintosh. This includes the RFCs defining the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP), SNMP over AppleTalk, Macintosh System MIB, and AppleTalk MIB.
If you want to implement network management for Apple products you should follow these specifications as they are standardized in the Internet Engineering Task Force.
Requires: Any Mac
Issues: Specifications only
This package is System 7.0 compatible.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Mac Specific files:
READ ME
SNMP Specific files:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 92
Aug 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_73670.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Development Kits:Mac OS:NSL 1.1 SDK:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This SDK contains the information you need to take advantage of or extend the functionality of Network Services Location (NSL) 1.1. NSL technology brings the easy of use of browsing through Internet services, such as ftp, http via TCP/IP similarly to the way users traditional browse for AppleTalk services using the Chooser. Adoption of this technology would provide a solution for users looking for network services. NSL 1.1 is a feature of Mac OS 9.
NSL 1.1 SDK Read Me
NSL 1.1 Manager library, DNS, SLP, LDAP, and NBP plug-ins
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Networking:Network Watch (DMZ) v1.5:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The DMZ program demonstrates NBP Lookup calls under both Open Transport and Classic AppleTalk to obtain a list of all NBP entities by zone. User can specify the lookup for specific objects and types. Program also demonstrates how one sends AppleTalk Echo protocol packets to a specified system, and to receive the return Echo protocol response.
DMZ checks for the presence of Open Transport and uses it to perform network lookups, otherwise, the Preferred AppleTalk calls are used. Under DMZ, the program demonstrates the use of placing the DDP node, used to send the Echo protocol packet, into raw mode, so that the return packet contains the long DDP header information.
Requires: MPW distributed with ETO 18, Open Transport 1.1 SDK, CodeWarrior8, or Symantec Project Manager 8.0.3 required to build the application.
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Interactive Media Resources:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This survival guide offers an overview of the new audio features in QuickTime 3. These include Qualcomm's PureVoice compression codec for speech, QDesign's high-quality codec for music and voice, and the QuickTime Music Architecture with new, improved Roland Instruments. Highlights include information on Web and cross-platform delivery, step-by-step development tips, and links to sites with related information and resources.
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Sample Code:Graphics 2D:New NewGWorld:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This sample is designed to show the proper use of the the new flags (Mac OS 9+ and the iBooks, slot loading iMacs and AGP Graphics G4 PowerMacs) in the NewGWorld routine. The application draws a re-sizable window that is updated from an offscreen GWorld. The user has control over where to allocate the GWorld's PixMap data (in VRAM, in AGP memory or in system memory). A blitting test can then be performed to test blitting speed using CopyBits.
Requirements: CW2 or later and Universal Headers 3.3
<text>This sample demonstrates the use of no-copy receives under Open Transport. The code from this sample is featured in the latest release (v1.3) of the book “Inside Macintosh: Open Transport”.
Requires: Open Transport 1.1.1 or higher
Keywords: Open Transport, no-copy receives, OTBuffer, OTBufferInfo</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 97
Sep 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_74094.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Devices:NuBus/Slot Manager:NuBusTester:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>NuBusTester: A library (with source) to detect early Macintosh II CPU ROMs that didn't handle declaration ROMs in 32-bit space correctly. </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>-Read Me
-Read Me.txt
nbTestIntf.p
nbTestLib.o
nbTestLib.π
NuBusTest
NuBusTest.make
NuBusTest.p
NuBusTest.p.o</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Oct 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_74406.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Open Transport 1.3:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This package includes both the Open Transport v1.3 Debug Installer and the Open Transport v1.3 SDK
Updated version of Open Transport which includes numerous bug fixes. Some of the new features in OT 1.3 are support for CFM-68K in the client Open Transport API, and Single Link Multihoming support.
To use Open Transport 1.3 Debug version, System Software 8.1 is required. To work with the SDK, the sample code was built using MetroWerks CW 11 and MPW from ETO 22.
Keywords: Open Transport, Networking, AppleTalk, TCP/IP</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Open Tpt Debug Installer:
Open Transport SDK:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 95
Jun 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_75450.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Hardware:OpenFWBridgeFixJul97:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This Extension patches Open Firmware (OF) on certain Macintoshes to fix an OF bug.
On the family of machines named Tanzania, Zanzibar, Motorola StarMax, and PowerMac 4400, plugging in certain PCI cards containing PCI-PCI bridges will cause a hang upon power on before gray screen.
This Extension works by checking if it is running on one of the above machines, and if so, it unconditionally patches OF by replacing the entire OF part of Non-Volatile-RAM (NVRAM; also called PRAM or Parameter RAM) with an image contained in the Extension.
You can see if the Extension is taking effect by seeing if its icon appears in the Extension icon parade that shows up during boot.
This OF NVRAM image that is written is that of factory-default OF settings except with "use-nvramrc?" set to "true" and "nvramrc" set to Forth text.
The Forth text in "nvramrc" is executed by OF after its initialization but before the Device Tree probing process.
In the Device Tree probing process, OF builds a list of devices in the system, possibly by executing code on PCI cards. The bug is related to OF knowing what Forth code to execute for what PCI device or a card or motherboard.
The patch works by modifying the way the OF kernel services "byte-load-file" and "byte-load-file?" work. These services "load" into active OF RAM pieces of OF code from a dormant store of tagged Forth code pieces, such as drivers and other code.
The problem was that incorrect OF code was being matched up with certain PCI cards that contained PCI-PCI bridges.
All PCI devices are identified by hardware (vendor ID, class code) registers. Apple's OF implementation has a number of OF drivers and other code that are designed to execute on those PCI devices' behalf. Upon detection of what PCI cards are plugged in and obtaining their (vendor ID, class code) tags, a table of OF drivers with corresponding tags is searched, and if a match is found, that code is executed. The "byte-load-file" services mentioned above perform the matching task.
Old versions of "byte-load-file" had behavior such that if its caller asked for a vendor ID of -1 then it would for the first matching class code while ignoring the vendor ID; this was intended as a generic wildcard search.
However; this was misguided because OF drivers intended to be generic or loaded always are already tagged with a vendor ID of -1. The bug behavior was that when any card with a PCI bridge chip was installed it would be wrongly associated with the 3/5-slot Riser Card. Code intended for the Riser Card would run on the card-with-bridge-chip's address, causing a hang.
So the patch, as well as later versions of OF, make "byte-load-file" always do full exact matches--any genericness is supported by tagging such OF drivers with a vendor ID of -1.
If you wish to experiment with OF, hold down cmd-opt-O-F on boot with a 38400/8/N/1 terminal at the Modem port. To see OF NVRAM variables, type "printenv" at the OF prompt; to set OF NVRAM variables, type "setenv name value".
For more information about OF, see either the IEEE 1275 specification or alternatively see www.firmworks.com for documentation; the latter does not constitute an endorsement by Apple Computer, Inc.
This patch will be included in future Apple MacOS releases; however, it will not be applied if OF NVRAM has already been modified (the patch will only be applied if factory-fresh settings are in effect on boot), and, of course, only on the Tanzania-family machines listed above.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:What's New?:Sample Code:Graphics 3D:OpenGL DrawSprocket:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>An example of OpenGL and DrawSprocket integration for full screen drawing, correctly handling multiple displays. Also, this shows how to get the version of DrawSprocket in use for both DrawSprocket 1.1.4 and 1.7 and demonstrates multiple OpenGL pixel format examples. Lastly, it integrates a simple OpenGL buffer swaps per second counter.
The optimal way to select a rendering context would be to check the available devices, find the best, then present the user with a selection dialog only if there are more than one "best" device. Currently, there is not a good mechanism to do this easily, so the two best other options are:
1) Iterate through the available devices find the best renderer, build a DSp context on this, then build your OPenGL context. The downfall of this method is that you know nothing about the graphics capabilities of the device and the user can't select another screen. The upside is that you get a renderer that is has the capabilities you want.
2) Allow the user to select a screen to use, build a DSp context and then a OpenGL context. This second method is simpler but relies on user knowing which device is the best at 3D.
This sample illustrates the second method which makes it simpler and allows us to illustrate the DSp/OpenGL interface well.
Note: You will have to replace the access paths for the GameSprcokets SDK and OpenGL SDK with valid ones for your local environment.
Requirements: Mac OS 8.1+, OpenGL SDK, DrawSprocket SDK
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:What's New?:Sample Code:Overview:Optimization TN Demos:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This sample code accompanies "TN 1174: Optimization Strategies for the Mac OS".
The Cacheline Optimizer evaluates cacheline usage. Given a stride value, it will simulate the cache utilization for the L1 and L2 caches on an iMac, as well as giving an approximate idea of the TLB usage. It gives the percentage utilization as well as how many iterations before you will begin to evict data from the cache.
CBuffFileStream demonstrates the implementation of a buffered file system on top of the Mac OS file system.
Requirements: Optimization Strategies for the Mac OS Technote.
<text>The PAPServerSample demonstrates the use of the Open Transport to create a Printer Access Protocol Server. This sample supports multiple simultaneous connections under OT 2.0 and greater.
PAPServerSample demonstrates some of the following network programming techniques
1. Implementing a PAP Server which supports multiple handoff endpoints.
2. Using the OTIoctl to enable selfsend mode.
3. Using OptionManagement to enable the EOM (End-of-message option).
4. Using OptionManagement to set the default server message.
The sample provides a user option to make the OTServerLimits call and to also dump the packets that are received. Note that by default, the incoming packets are saved to a file called "SavedPAPFileXX". You can launch the server on the same system that you use the client to send data to the client.
SSW 7.6 with OT 1.1.2 or greater is required. For multiple handoff endpoint support OT 2.0 with SSW 8.5 is required.
To open the project files, Metrowerks CodeWarrior Pro 2.0, IDE v2.1 is required.
<text>This sample shows how to call Open Transport from a 68K code resource written in either Metrowerks CodeWarrior C or Symantec C for MPW. The sample creates a HyperCard XCMD which returns the default Ethernet address for the machine using Open Transport calls.
Requires: Macintosh with 68030 processor or later, Open Transport 1.1 installed, Open Transport 1.3 SDK, Metrowerks CodeWarrior Pro 1 or 2 or ETO 23
<text>This sample demonstrates how to write an application that dumps out various information on the Open Transport TCP/IP protocol stack, much like the netstat program on UNIX.
<text>This sample demonstrates how to query an endpoint for its ‘vital statistic’ using OTGetEndpointInfo. It also prints a list of that information for the commonly used Open Transport endpoint types for your reference. The code from this sample is featured in the latest release (v1.2) of the book “Inside Macintosh: Open Transport”.
Requires: Open Transport 1.1.1 or higher
Keywords: Open Transport, OTGetEndpointInfo, TEndpointInfo, TSDU, ETSDA</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 97
Jun 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_76943.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>This sample demonstrates how to use the Open Transport API to find all the serial ports available to Open Transport programs. The code from this sample is featured in the latest release (v1.2) of the book “Inside Macintosh: Open Transport”.
Requires: Open Transport 1.1.1 or higher
Keywords: Open Transport, serial port, registry, OTGetUserPortNameFromPortRef</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_77141.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Sample program demonstrating how to read and write data packets directly to an ethernet driver using the Open Transport XTI API.
The sample program implements both send and receive. Demonstrates the following.
1. How to determine which port AppleTalk is currently using
2. List available ethernet drivers
3. Using Option Management to enable raw mode for both original and mentat template based drivers.
Development - Requires CodeWarrior IDE v2.1 or greater along with OT 1.1.2 or greater. For testing with ethernet hardware not using the mentat template, requires a minimum of SSW 7.5.3 and OT 1.1.1. If an ethernet driver that has a driver based on the mentat template, then SSW 8.0 with OT 1.2 is required.
<text>This sample demonstrates the use of an NBP mapper to look up NBP entities on an AppleTalk network using Open Transport. The code from this sample is featured in the latest release (v1.2) of the book “Inside Macintosh: Open Transport”.
Requires: Open Transport 1.1.1 or higher
Keywords: Open Transport, NBP, mapper, MapperRef</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 97
Jun 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_77641.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>This sample demonstrates the easiest way to use Open Transport to download an HTTP URL from a web server. The code from this sample is featured in the latest release (v1.3) of the book “Inside Macintosh: Open Transport”.
Requires: Open Transport 1.1.1 or higher
Keywords: Open Transport, TCP, endpoint, download, fetch, get, HTTP</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 97
Sep 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_78321.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>OTStreamLogViewer is both a sample and a developer tool. As a sample, it shows how to use the OT raw streams API to communication with modules in the OT kernel. As a tool, it allows you to view the output of the STREAMS logging facility (strlog). This is extremely helpful when developing OT kernel plug-ins: modules drivers, and port scanners.
Requires: Open Transport 1.1.1 or higher
Keywords: Open Transport, kernel, log, strlog, debug, raw, streams</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 98
Sep 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_78840.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>This sample shows how to use the Network Setup library (as introduced in Mac OS 8.5) to determine whether opening a TCP/IP provider will cause a modem to dial. If the Network Setup library is not available, the sample will read the "TCP/IP Preferences" file directly.
<text>This sample is a quick demonstration of how to implement traceroute on top of the Open Transport native APIs. The sample is useful because it gives a good demonstration of the setting the IP TTL option and of using a "rawip" endpoint to receive and process ICMP packets.
Requires: Any Macintosh with Open Transport.
Keywords: Open Transport, OT, Traceroute, rawip, icmp, udp</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 96
Jun 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_65914.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Sample Code:Human Interface Toolbox:PackageTool:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>PackageTool is an application illustrating how to create application packages in Mac OS 9. It provides a simple interface or converting correctly formatted folders into packages and vice versa.
Tasks illustrated include:
- how to create a package,
- how to detect a package,
includes a 'package document aware' application sample (HTMLSample)
Requires: Mac OS 9
Keywords: packages, Mac OS 9, package aware</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>MakeFile
obj:
PackageTool
PackageTool.c
PackageTool.h
PackageTool.prj
PackageTool.r
PackageTool.rsrc
PackageUtils.c
PackageUtils.h
PackageWindow.c
PackageWindow.h
Re- C/F Registration Request
ReadMe
Sample Package:
SimplePrefs.c
SimplePrefs.h
Utilities.c
Utilities.h</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>New on this CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_79552.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Summary: PC Card Manager v3.0 SDK is a comprehensive development environment which describes how the Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) expansion card interface is implemented in PowerBook Hooper.
PC Card Manager v3.0 SDK is the future architecture for upcoming PowerBook Hooper products. Developers wanting to produce PC cards for 190, 5300 and 1400 series PowerBooks should refer to PC Card Manager v2.0 SDK.
Some of the support offered by PC Card Manager v3.0 SDK:
System Interfaces
Power PC library
Updated documentation available in an Adobe Acrobat file
Sample code
Requires a minimum of System 7.5.3.
Keywords: PCCard, Hooper, PowerBook, Comet</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>AnotherCustomEnabler:
CIncludes:
CustomEnabler:
DispNameReg:
Documentation:
Interfaces&Libraries
Libraries:
release Notes
RIncludes:
TupleDumper:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jul 96
Mar 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_79822.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Hardware:PC Card SDKs:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This is both the PC Card Manager 2.0 and the PC Card Manager 3.0 SDKs. When the PC Card Manager 3.0 SDK was put on the Mac OS SDK, the PC Card 2.0 SDK was removed by mistake. Both are needed depending upon the machine.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>PC Card Manager 2.0 SDK:
PC Card Manager 3.0:
What's the difference?</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_90981.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Code sample which demonstrates a Ethernet driver, PC Card Enabler, and Open Transport Port Scanner for an Ethernet PC Card. Specifically, the sample is targeted for network PC Cards other than Ethernet so that they can properly register themselves with Open Transport
The code sample provides a MetroWerks Code Warrior project file which includes a sample Ethernet driver, a PC Card Enabler and a Port Scanner. The Enabler is designed to handle port registration of the network card in conjunction with the provided port scanner. The sample code demonstrates techniques to 1. register a driver name so that the default PC Card port scanner registers a custom driver name to use instead of the auto generated name based on the device, and 2. how to keep the default scanner from registering the network card as an Ethernet device.
The sample project was created with MetroWerks CodeWarrior 4.0 with the Universal Interfaces and Libraries v3.2, and the Open Transport 2.0.1 DDK
To use the sample, a PowerBook 2400, 3400, or G3 series is required. The sample was tested with SSW 8.5 and OT 2.0.1 and may work with SSW 7.6.1 and OT 1.1.2.
The sample ethernet driver only supports a single PC Card. The sample could be rewritten to support multiple Ethernet PC Cards. The purpose of the sample was to demonstrate port registration for non-Ethernet network PC Cards. The sample does not demonstrate the loading of support additional port scanners which the card may require, such as for ATM MiddleWare.
Keywords: PC Card, Network Driver, Open Transport Module, Token Ring, ATM, Enabler, Port Scanner</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>EnablerSample.h
EnablerSmpl.c
EnablerSmpl.exp
EnablerSmpl.r
EnblDrvrSmpl.prj
EnetDrvrSmpl.exp
EnetDrvrSmpl.r
EnetDrvrSrc.c
MyPortCalls.c
MyPortCalls.h
MyPortModule.c
MyRegisterPort.c
MyRegisterPort.h
PCCardNetworkSample Readme
PortScanner.c
PortScanner.r
ProjectDefines.h</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_80106.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Hardware:PCI Driver Development Kit:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This folder contains information on designing PCI cards and drivers for the PCI-based Power Macintosh CPUs, such as the Power Macintosh 7200/7500/8500/9500 computers.
This version of the DDK contains updated samples, newer headers and libraries, a new tokenizer, an update document to augment Designing PCI Cards and Drivers, for Power Macintosh Computers, and an updated version of the PCI Binding document (version 1.5) . It should replace older versions of the DDK.
Keywords: PCI, OpenBoot, Forth, PowerSurge</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text> IMPORTANT!!:
 PCI DDK - Read Me First
• Documentation:
• Samples:
• Tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 95
Oct 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_80301.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Developer Utilities:PEF Viewer:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>PEF Viewer is a utility which lets you graphically view all the aspects of a PEF container. You can view all of the imported/exported symbols, disassembly any code section, disassemble the relocation opcodes and also view compressed and uncompressed data sections.
New with version 1.0d8 are:
• Disassembly of Altivec™ instructions in PowerPC code sections
• C++ name unmangling in the disassembly views
• You can now view CFM-68K import/export/relocation sections
Required: PEF Viewer requires a PowerPC
Printing is not currently supported. The search feature is still under development and is not full-features.
Keywords: PEF, Container</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>PEF Viewer</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_81038.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD May 98 TC:Programs & Marketing:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Apple and PeopleSoft have launched a partnership that will deliver PeopleSoft applications that run on the Macintosh Operating System. This document is a Technical White Paper that describes the partnership, the product and the direction PeopleSoft is heading.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Peoplesoft & Apple White Paper</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 95
Feb 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_81297.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD May 98 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:HyperCard Related:PeopleSurveyor 2.1.2:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This tool makes it easy to survey people on electronic nets. Responses are transmitted to central server. Results are compiled with the touch of a button and can be imported into word processors, spreadsheets, or stat. packages.
Features:
• Responses automatically send in over LocalTalk, AppleLink, or by floppy.
<text>PGPuam is an enhancement to the standard AppleShare IP User Access Methods (UAM) that enables a user to perform two-way strongly authenticated logins to an AppleShare IP server from a Mac OS client. The PGPuam system consists of two major components, a client and a server plug-in.
- - Since the same key and passphrase used to sign e-mail messages is also used for server access, the user need only remember one passphrase. This is done without the risks associated with passphrase caches.
- - Strong user authentication is provided by cryptographic digital signatures.
- - Since the user maintains the only secret material in the system, compromising a server’s user database results in limited damage.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Developer Utilities:PopupFuncs 2.6.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: PopUpFuncs is a productivity tool for developers. When invoked by clicking on a control in a source code window’s title bar, it creates a popup menu of every function contained in a source code file, allowing you to see instantly the contents of an unfamiliar file. If a name is selected from the menu, the file is instantly scrolled to the beginning of that function. PopUpFuncs works with CodeWarrior, MPW, THINK C/Symantec C++, SADE, BBEdit, and QUED/M, and parses C, C++, Pascal, Object Pascal, assembler, Rez, and Fortran source files. See the file "PopupFuncs Notes.c" for details.
Issues: This is NOT AN APPLE PRODUCT. It is provided on an AS-IS basis. Apple is not responsible for any problems you may encounter in its use. If you have questions or problems, the authors encourage you to contact them as follows:
Postal: Bare Bones Software, Inc.
P.O. Box 108
Bedford, MA 01730-0108
Phone: +1 508 651 3561
Fax: +1 508 651 7584
WWW: http://www.tiac.net/biz/bbsw/
Internet: bbsw@netcom.com
CIS: 73051,3255
eWorld: BareBones
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>!NOT AN APPLE PRODUCT!:
PopupFuncs 2.6.1 Installer
PopupFuncs Notes.c
Source Masher
xPop Δí:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 95
Jan 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_28081.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Interactive Media Resources:PortingObjectiveCtoJava:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Porting Objective-C to Java by Theresa Ray of Tensor Information Systems, Inc.
A quick reference guide to the major topics and tips involved converting an Objective-C application or Framework to Java. Many who have applications and/or frameworks written in Objective-C are finding it necessary to convert their Objective-C applications and frameworks to Java. Java is a widely known and supported language. Many programmers are already trained in Java, and in many cases it is becoming more time-consuming and costly to retrain Java programmers to learn Objective-C programming syntax and techniques than it is to convert the Objective-C applications and frameworks to Java. Java applications can have as fast a response time as Objective-C applications, and are just as scalable as Objective-C applications. Other than the investment of time and resources (which is recouped in the long run since more programmers have the knowledge required to work on these applications and frameworks), there is little rationale for not converting an application or framework from Objective-C to Java.
Requires: Acrobat Reader 3.0 or later
Keywords: WebObjects, Objective-C, Java</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>PortingObjectiveCtoJava.pdf</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Oct 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_82613.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Sample Code:Printing:PostScript Output Filters:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>The SampleFilter PostScript Output Filter for LaserWriter 8.7 demonstrates:
1) how to obtain data from the collection passed from the print dialog
2) how to insert data into the output stream BEFORE a given subsection
3) how to insert data into the output stream AFTER a given subsection
4) how to remove data for a given subsection
5) how to replace data for a given subsection
6) how to detect a given page
The SectionReport filter generates a log file with all the subsection information that passes through this filter. The log file has a .dsc suffix and is written to your Job Documentation Folder.
Requirements: LaserWriter 8.7
Keywords: Printing, PostScript, Filter</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Headers and Stub Libraries:
SampleFilter:
SectionReport:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>New on this CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_82300.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:MPW:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Power Macintosh Debugger is an advanced source-code debugger for PowerPC applications. With it you can set breakpoints, single step code, examine stack variables, and so on.
Runs on either a Power Macintosh or a 68K Macintosh. In 68K mode, it is used for debugging a target application running on a remote Power Macintosh.
Keywords: power macintosh debugger</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>MPW etc.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_83387.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD May 98 TC:Programs & Marketing:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>1995 "Accelerated for Power Macintosh Artwork" Program
Apple Computer Inc.
Power Macintosh Developers!
Apple wants to help you communicate the benefits of a "native" version of your product to customers. We have created artwork for use directly on your product packaging or to use as stickers to place on your shrink-wrapped products. In addition, this artwork may be used in advertisements, distributor catalogs, direct mail, product literature, booth displays, and promotional items for your native products. The "Accelerated for Power Macintosh" artwork is an easy way to identify your "native" applications in the marketplace. The artwork is designed to be used only on products that are optimized for the PowerPC microprocessor.
We have introduced a new "Accelerated for Power Macintosh" artwork program for 1995. There is no charge to obtain the artwork!
To obtain the "Accelerated for Power Macintosh" artwork:
1) Request an information packet from:
Meeting Support Unlimited
Carole Holcomb
5755 Cohasset Way
San Jose, CA 95123
Attn: Accelerated for Power Macintosh Program
(408) 226-6762
Applelink: MSU
2) Send in a copy of your native code and a signed legal agreement to Meeting Support Unlimited.
3) Send in a mockup of your product artwork
4) If your code is verified as native, you have signed the legal agreement, and your use of the artwork is approved, Meeting Support Unlimited will send you a copy of the artwork.
5) Finally, send in two final copies of your product with the artwork to Meeting Support Unlimited. Your product boxes will be utilized in product displays of shipping native applications.
Please allow 2 - 4 weeks for the process. Beta copies of your native software may be sent in to be verified.
Power Macintosh Evangelism
Apple Computer Inc.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Power Macintosh Prod. Artwork</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 94
Mar 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_83706.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:ColorSync 2.6 Mac SDK:Sample Code:ProfileRenamer:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>What is the name of ColorSync‚Ñ¢ Profile?
With ColorSync ICC Profiles, there are two separate profile names. The obvious name is the name of the profile file. This is the name that one can easily view and edit in the Finder. The other name is the name in the profile. This name can be longer and more descriptive than the file name which is limited by the file system to 31 characters on the Mac (or 8 characters on the DOS).
Many applications correctly use the more descriptive internal profile name when building a popup menu or scrollable list of profiles to the user. The ColorSync Photoshop Plug-ins are a good example of this. The only problem with this approach is that, if the user renames a profile file in the Finder, the internal profile name is not changed. A popup menu or scrollable list of profiles in an application is similarly unaffected.
What does ProfileRenamer do to solve this?
ProfileRenamer is a simple drag-and-drop application which can help you make sure that the name of the profile file is the same as the name in the profile. To use this application, first rename the file name of the profile as desired. Then drag the ColorSync Profile (or a folder containing several profiles) onto this application and it make the internal profile name the same as the profile's file name.
Features: see above
Requires: ColorSync
Issues: none
Keywords: ColorSync profile rename tool</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>DropShell.mcp
DropShell.rsrc
DSUserProcs.c
ProfileRenamer -- readme
ProfileRenamer 68k</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_84327.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:General tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Programmer's Key is a small INIT that allows the use of the 'power-on' key of an Apple Desktop Bus keyboard as a substitute for the Programmer's Switch. To install Programmer's Key; simply drag it into your System Folder and reboot.
Features: Allows reset and interrupt from keyboard.
Requires: Any Macintosh with keyboard. Any Macintosh System Software. Works on PowerBooks 100-170.
This package is 7.0 compatible. </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>General tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol III
Mar 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_84698.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:HyperCard Related:XCMDs & XFCNs:ProgressWindoid—C:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The C version of ProgressWindoid — a HyperCard XWindow which implements a modeless progress bar in an XWindoid. Use it to add progress feedback to any HyperCard application. Since it is modeless, it is good for monitoring operations that take place in the background.
Features: Multiple progress bars may be created. All imaginable parameters of the progress bar windoid are gettable/settable as HyperCard properties. Includes Test/Demo Stack and full source.
Requires: HyperCard 2.0, This package is System 7.0 compatible.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>ProgressWindoid
ProgressWindoid Worksheet
ProgressWindoid.c
ProgressWindoid.make
ProgressWindoid.π</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol VII
Apr 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_84944.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Bookmark CD 26:develop:develop Issue 23:develop Issue 23 code:ProjectDrag 1.1b8:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: ProjectDrag is free drag-and-drop source control software, based on SourceServer from Apple. SourceServer is an AppleEvent-based subset of the MPW Shell which implements the Projector source control commands. See the column in develop issue 23 (pp. 72-6) for information on SourceServer and ProjectDrag basics.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Malph 2.5:
ProjectDrag Applets:
ProjectDrag User Manual.txt
Sources:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 95
Nov 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_85011.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:QuickDraw GX:QDGX Spooler Patch 1.0.2:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The QuickDraw GX Print Spooler Patch fixes a problem when trying to print to AppleShare and Novell Netware print spoolers. This patch makes changes to the QuickDraw GX extension and the LaserWriter GX printer driver. You should work with copies of the GX extension and GX driver, and then move the modified files into your system's Extensions folder.
These spooler patches replace any previous versions. This version fixes a problem where users were unable to patch certain localized versions of GX.
Requires: QuickDraw GX (minimum 1.1.1), System 7.5 (minimum).
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Sample Code:QuickTime:QTEffects Explode:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This sample demonstrates how to create a QuickTime movie with a video effect as a transition from one picture to another. This project differs from the QTShowEffect sample code it is based on in that it allows the user to create the effect "by hand" e.g. without the aid of the standard QuickTime effects parameter dialog box. Instead, the program itself builds the correct effects parameter description atoms.
Requirements: QuickTime 4, Mac OS 7.1 or later
Keywords: QuickTime, effects</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>appRsrc.rsrc
main.c
main.h
Movie File.mov
QTEffects
QTEffects Project
QTEffects.c
QTEffects.h
READ ME</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>New on this CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_85380.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:QuickDraw3D 1.6 SDK:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>QuickDraw 3D, a graphics library that can be used to define three-dimensional (3D) models, apply colors and other attributes to parts of the models, and create images of those models. These capabilities can be used to develop a wide range of applications, including interactive three-dimensional modeling, simulation and animation, data visualization, computer-aided drafting and design, games, and many others.
Requires: PowerPC CPUs with system 7.5 or greater
Keywords: QD3D 1.6
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Debug Extensions:
Documentation:
Mac Interfaces:
Mac SampleCode New for 1.6:
Mac SampleCode Previous:
Release Extensions:
Release Installer:
Stub Libraries:
Unsupported Libraries:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 95
Jul 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_85637.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Aug 99 TC:What's New?:System Software:QuickTime 4:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>With a customer base of more than five million Mac and Windows users who downloaded the preview release, and a growing list of online publishers—including, most recently, Fox News Online, Fox Sports Online and The Weather Channel—QuickTime 4 is the hottest streaming technology on the Internet.
Over 17,000 software products are built with QuickTime, and 400 new QuickTime-enabled products are created every month. And more than 57% of websites that use video use QuickTime.
For more information on developing for QuickTime, please see the QuickTime web site, http://apple.com/quicktime/developers/
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:QuickTime:QuickTime Tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: These are updated tools from the QuickTime team for making QuickTime Movies. Also, included are a number of third party Digitizer Components.
Features:
ComboWalker: Allows you to operate on a folder of files as well as individual files.
Digitizers: QuickTime compatible digitizer components for various third party digitizer boards.
DrawTextCodec Example: Shows how to write a simple codec.
Dumpster: An application for viewing the contents of a movie description.
Get Info Init: GetInfo is an init that gives you some extra information about files that depend on other files.
GrabGuy: An application that creates QuickTime‚Ñ¢ movies from videotape.
MovieShop: A tool that processes QuickTime movies into a format that plays well from CD-ROM.
QuickTime XCMDs: QTMovie, QTRecordMovie, QTEditMovie, and the QTPict XCMDs.
Reinstaller: A simple utility that takes any file or files and installs all components found within those files.
Set Movie Information: An application that allows you to add copywrite information to a movie or view it if it already exists.
Things!: Things! queries the Component Manager about what IT thinks is lying around your system, and then displays the info for you.
Requires: Color capable Mac (68020 or above), hard disk, 4 mb RAM </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>ComboWalker:
Digitizers:
DrawTextCodec Example:
Dumpster:
GetInfo Init:
GrabGuy b15:
MovieShop:
QuickTime XCMDs :
Reinstaller:
Set Movie Info:
Things!:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jul 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_86521.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:QuickTime‚Ñ¢ VR:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>IMPORTANT INFO ABOUT QUICKTIME VR
QuickTime 3 now incorporates both the QuickTime VR and QuickDraw 3D technologies into one convenient package. In addition, the Sound Manager is also now part of the QuickTime 3 release. All of these technologies and their respective SDK components are integrated into the QuickTime 3 SDK.
The QuickTime 3 SDK is now a retail product. You can order the SDK through the Apple Store at:
http://www.apple.com/store
To get started, you can go to the Developers section of the QuickTime web-site where you will find many components of the SDK on-line at:
http://www.apple.com/quicktime/developers</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Check the QuickTime 3 SDK:
folder for more information:
integrated with QuickTime.:
• QuickTime VR is now fully :</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jul 97
Oct 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_86696.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Summary: This is the Developer Edition of the QuickView‚Ñ¢ development environment. You can use this development environment to create QuickView databases for your own information that work with the Macintosh Programmer's Toolbox Assistant. Use of this development kit is covered by the license included with this application.
Issues: Usage of this software is governed by the software license included in the folder created by the Installer.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Devices:Qwertytunes:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This small application lets you control send MIDI information into the MIDI Manager using the alphabetic keyboard. This can control sequencers, or MIDI devices directly.
Features: Can define the pitch and velocity for each of the 40 keys below and including the number keys, 1 through 9 and 0.
Requires: Any Macintosh with the MIDI Manager installed. </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>BigEasy2.c
BigEasy2.h
BigEasyDialogs.c
BigEasyDialogs.h
BigEasyGrafish.c
BigEasyGrafish.h
BigEasyTextish.c
BigEasyTextish.h
BigEasyUtils.c
BigEasyUtils.h
IconUtilsPriv.h
MIDIGlue.π
Qwertytunes - Read Me
Qwertytunes - Read Me.txt
Qwertytunes 0.6
Qwertytunes Filing.c
Qwertytunes Filing.h
Qwertytunes.c
Qwertytunes.h
Qwertytunesπ
Qwertytunesπ.rsrc</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_87410.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:RAVE Starter Samples:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>There are three different samples here, each showing a variation on the same theme -- we create a window and do some simple 2D drawing into it. These samples don't show any clipping code or a full featured 3D engine; these will appear in a future sample.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:General tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This package provides English error messages for OS errors and result codes
Features: All result codes from IM-I through IM-VI are included. This submission adds a failure handler and code that displays a stack crawl following A6 links.
Requires: Works with THINK C, MPW C and MPW Pascal. Probably works with THINK Pascal, and might very well work with other development environments too.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>General tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol VIII
Mar 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_88242.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Developer Utilities:ResEdit 2.1.3:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: ResEdit is Apple's standard direct-manipulation resource editing and creation tool. See the "About ResEdit 2.1.3" file within the "ResEdit 2.1.3" folder for a list of new features and bug fixes in this release.
Features: Supports editing of all major resource types. You can also write your own ResEdit editors and integrate them.
Requirements: ResEdit works on any Macintosh system with at least one megabyte of memory. It requires System 6.0.2 or later.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>ResEdit - Read Me First
ResEdit - Read Me First.txt
ResEdit 2.1.3:
ResEdit Extensions:
ResEdit Reference</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol III
Nov 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_88478.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 97 SDK1:What's New:Technical Documentaion:Rhapsody/OpenStep:RhapsodyDocumentation:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>OpenStep documentation applies to Rhapsody! That means you can develop OpenStep applications today and use the same source base for Rhapsody later.
UPDATED DOCUMENTATION:
Discovering OPENSTEP: A Developer Tutorial (Rhapsody)
Updated for Rhapsody: new material, all reported bugs fixed, with screenshots of the Rhapsody development environment.
Appkit Reference
The complete reference for OpenStep Application kit classes and protocols. The Appkit provides everything the user sees and touches: windows, buttons, formatted text, etc.
Foundation Reference
The complete reference for OpenStep Foundation classes and protocols. Foundation is the heart of any OpenStep application, providing memory management and crucial classes such as NSArray, NSString, and NSThread.
CURRENT DOCUMENTATION:
Current documentation set is available on the Developer CD May 97, Tool Chest series or on our website via DevWorld at http://devworld.apple.com/dev/SWTechPubs/Documents/Download/apple.html.
*Discovering OPENSTEP: A Developer Tutorial (Windows NT)
*Object-Oriented Programming and the Objective-C Language
*Topics in OPENSTEP Programming
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>DiscoveringOpenstepBook.pdf
IntroAppKitBook.pdf
IntroFoundationBook.pdf
README</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Oct 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_88744.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Debuggers & dcmds:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is a simple I/O window based debugger kernel which provides the bare bones framework for a tailor made debugger.
Features: Robix is written in C for super portability. You make the commands you need for debugging hardware. This package also includes an easy to use command line parser.
Robix can be ported to any system with any microprocessor, then expanded. It has been successfully ported to IBM PCs, Macs, Unix boxes, Netware file servers using everything from 68000 through 68030 and 8085 through 80486.
Requires C compiler. Some assembly required if used as power up firmware.
Issues: User unfriendly, You must be proficient in the hardware it is run on because ROBIX lets you do anything you care to make commands for. For instance, you can create a set of SCSI commands that let you read, edit and write any block on any drive without using the SCSI manager. This debugger is meant to talk directly to the hardware. There is little if any OS. support.
This package is System 7.0 compatible.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Debuggers & dcmds.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol IX
Jan 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_89027.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Devices:NuBus/Slot Manager:ROM Build/Download 3.2.4:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is a series of tools (with source) that allow developers to build a declaration ROM that is suitable for downloading from the assembled and linked image.
Features: Update to version 3.2.3. Contains bug fixes for building declartion ROMs larger than 64K, other hints.
<text>Sample Code - Development Tools & Languages</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>10</id>
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Sample Code:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>(** = new, * = revised)
AppsToGo: AppsToGo is a development framework for Mac development that supports a variety of development platforms, including MPW, THINK, and CodeWarrior. AppsToGo sports very strong prototyping, along with robust application support.</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_89852.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
ADB Key Spy 1.0.1b3: This package provides something of a replacement for GetKeys by maintaining a key map reflecting the state of each keyboard attached to the Mac via ADB.
Features methods for: building a system extension; using the ADB API; "patching" ADB service routines; building, installing, and using a driver; and mapping physical key codes to virtual key codes.
AsyncDriverSample 1.0b4: This sample shows how to write a fully asynchronous block device driver for the traditional Mac OS. The sample tries to implement the simplest possible device driver and therefore doesn’t talk to any real hardware. Instead it mounts disk images over the network.
ATA demo: This ATA Manager Sample scans ATA bus and gathers info on ATA (AT-Attachment), such as ATA hard disk drives, (sometimes referred to as integrated drive electronics or IDE drives) and ATAPI (ATA Packet Interface) devices.
DriverGestalt Demo: This DriverGestalt Sample scans drive tables and displays relevant to the DriverGestalt Info for installed drives.
RAMDisk 1.4d5: This sample demonstrates how to write a simple Mac OS block device driver, in this case a RAM disk. It also demonstrates how to bundle a system extension (INIT), driver (DRVR) and control panel (cdev) in one file, to achieve maximum functionality while minimising the number of items in the System Folder.
SCSI Samples 1.0: This folder contains several snippets that illustrate the original and asynchronous SCSI Managers, including a working SCSI device driver. All samples work under the asynchronous SCSI Manager (SCSI Manager 4.3) and, where appropriate under the original (Inside Mac IV) SCSI Manager and have been compiled under several C environments (MPW, Think C, MetroWerks). Some snippets require the Asynchronous SCSI Manager (SCSI Manager 4.3).
TbltDrvr: 'ADBS' resources are loaded and executed at boot time (before INIT 31), and they are made of two main parts, the installation or initialization code and the the actual driver. In this example, the installation portion allocates memory in the system heap for the service routine and the “optional data area.” It installs the driver using the Apple Desktop Bus (ADB) Manager call _SetADBInfo.
TradDriverLoaderLib 1.0b4: The TradDriverLoaderLib provides a bunch of routines helpful for installing traditional Mac OS device drivers (DRVRs). It mimicks the API of the PCI “DriverLoaderLib” as much as possible, which makes the TradDriverLoaderLib easier to use in an environment supporting both PCI native drivers (ndrv) and traditional Mac OS drivers (DRVR).
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_89969.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
Folder Watching: These applications demonstrate how to write a background task which uses Apple events to pass on task related information to another application.
MoreFiles 1.4.6: MoreFiles is a collection of high-level routines written over the last couple of years to answer File Manager questions from developers. The routines in MoreFiles have been tested (but not stress-tested), documented, and code-reviewed by Apple. MoreFiles provides: high-level and FSSpec style routines for parameter-block only File Manager calls; useful utility routines that perform many common File Manager related operations; a robust file copy routine; a recursive directory copy routine; a catalog searching routines; high-level and FSSpec style routines for Desktop Manager calls; and routines for dealing with pathnames. See the file "!MoreFiles Read Me" for a description of fixes & improvements in version 1.4.6.
Standard File Samples: Three samples involving Standard File dialogs. StandardGetFolder demonstrates a CustomGetFile call, with additions to the dialog to allow selection of a folder or volume. CustomPutAppend demonstrates a CustomPutDialog with an Append button that does not ask the user if he/she wants to replace the existing file. CustomPutSuffix demonstrates a CustomPutDialog with an Save button that checks to see if several files (with the name filename+suffix) already exist.
StandardFileIcons: StandardFileIcons is a control panel which allows you to modify the behavior of PACK 3, the Standard File package. Starting with System Update 3.0, PACK 3 uses icons taken from the Desktop file when displaying files in its lists. This can be slow, especially on a slow connection such as Apple Remote Access and a modem. This control panel lets you disable this feature and return to the previous behavior of PACK 3.
StdFile: StdFile attempts to demonstrate several Standard File-related techniques. See the 'README' file for details.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_90301.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
MoofWars: MoofWars is a piece of sample code that demonstrates a few techniques to build efficient animation code on the PowerPC. This code takes advantage of DrawSprocket to provide access to page flipping when the video hardware supports it. This sample is written in C++. The main features in this application are the graphic and tile classes, which are used to draw the background and then composite sprites on top of it. The blitters within these classes are designed to move data as efficiently as possible on PowerPC -- that is, whenever possible every read and every write is done on an aligned boundary, and data is moved in as big a chunks as possible.</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_90459.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
7Edit 3.1: The aim of this application and its code is to give an example of creating a Scriptable Application. A scriptable application goes far beyond supporting just the basic four events of the Required Suite (Open Application, Open Documents, Print Documents and Quit Application).
AEObject-Edition1.0.2 Sample: This sample demonstrates how to use the Edition Manager and the Apple Event Manager, as well as some features of the AE Object Model and the AE Object Support Library.
MenuScripter 4.0: The purpose of the MenuScripter sample code is to demonstrate advanced features of the Open Scripting Architecture (OSA). Using the OSA allows MenuScripter to have its behavior altered by attaching scripts to objects such as a document. The scripts can be created in the Script Editor, MenuScripter itself, or any other script editing application.
MoreFinderEvents: The AppleEvents API is icky and you probably don't relish the idea of developing an intimate relationship with it. And you don't feel your application should yet require the scriptable Finder, which first shipped in System 7.5. Yet you still want to make Finder do backflips and cartwheels. Enter MoreFinderEvents. This package provides you with a painless API for sending some of the more simple forms of the FinderEvents, which have been with us since System 7.0.0. With this API you can copy a file or open a control panel or empty the trash or any of several other things usually done by Finder at the user's request.
Set Folder Windows: This little AppleScript droplet is used to setup drive and folder windows in preperation for burning a CD. It requires the scriptable Finder from System 7.5 or later. It seems to be more reliable than SWAt at setting things up right, since it uses the Finder rather than directly manipulating desktop information.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_90780.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
DumpARPCache: A tiny sample that shows how to view the Open Transport ARP cache. Requires Open Transport 1.1.1 or newer.
GetZoneList: GetZoneList is a sample application that uses AppleTalk's AppleTalk Transaction Protocol (ATP) and Zone Information Protocol (ZIP) to obtain a list of zones on an AppleTalk internet. It also demonstrates using a signal, or failure-catching mechanism, to recover from error situations.
Http Server: This is a functional OpenTransport sample that implements a Macintosh background process that will respond to simple HTTP requests via TCP/IP. It utilizes C++, exceptions, IOStreams, Mac Thread manager, OpenTransport (accepting connections and no-copy reads).
Network Stream: NetworkStream is a C++ Stream IO class object for OpenTransport Network I/O. Written in Metrowerks C++, it implements a TNetworkBuf, TNetworkOStream and TNetworkIOStream object.
OT Code Resource: This piece of sample code shows how to call Open Transport from a 68K code resource written in either Metrowerks CodeWarrior C or Symantec C for MPW. The sample creates a HyperCard XCMD which returns the default Ethernet address for the machine using Open Transport calls.
OT Server Sample: The Virtual Server is an attempt to provide a piece of sample code which uses the native Open Transport API and is complex enough to demonstrate real issues an application developer will need to deal with. It also demonstrates the speed of Open Transport when used properly. This version of the Virtual Server simply opens a listening endpoint and as many accepting endpoints as you want using TCP. It waits for an inbound connection request, accepts the connection, and hands it off to an accepting endpoint. The accepting endpoint waits for a 128 byte "request" packet, then returns a predefined amount of data from memory to the client. It then does an orderly release and puts the endpoint back into its idle queue.
OT/PPP Control Strip Sample: OT PPP Control Strip Sample is a CW 10 project that demonstrates how to interact with the OpenTransport PPP control point. The control strip sample will demonstrate how to check for OT/PPP's existence and whether or not it has loaded. This example will setup a PPP control point notifier. Note that this sample is not complete, it will not issue a connect or disconnect; this is planned for the next version.
OTDumpPortRegistry: This very simple sample dumps a text version of the OT port registry to stdout. The compiled executable also makes a handy debugging tool.
OTPingSample: This sample is a quick demonstration of how to implement ping on top of the Open Transport native APIs.
OTTraceRouteSample: This sample is a quick demonstration of how to implement traceroute on top of the Open Transport native APIs. The sample is useful because it gives a good demonstration of the setting the IP TTL option and of using a "rawip" endpoint to receive and process ICMP packets.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_91563.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
CPUGestalt: This sample code illustrates the way to determine the processor type of the Macintosh you're running on.
EditTextCDev: EditTextCdev is a sample Control Panel device (cdev) that demonstrates the use of the edit-related messages and how to implement an editText item in a cdev.
SnapshotSample1.0b3: Snapshot Sample is a tiny application that shows how to grab the icon positions for all the files on the desktop and later restore those icon positions. This is useful for programs, like games, that switch resolutions on the fly, thereby causing havoc for the user’s desktop icons.</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_91787.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
CPlusTESample: This version of TESample has been substantially reworked in C++ to show how a "typical" object-oriented program could be written. To this end, what was once a single source code file has been restructured into a set of classes which demonstrate the advantages of object-oriented programming.
DTS.Utilities: Collection of Utilities for DTS Sample code .
OOPTESample: OOPTESample is an example application that demonstrates how to initialize the commonly used Toolbox managers, operate successfully under MultiFinder, handle desk accessories, and create, grow, and zoom windows. It demonstrates fundamental TextEdit toolbox calls and TextEdit automatic scrolling, and it shows how to create and maintain scroll bar controls.
Sample: Sample is an example application that demonstrates how to initialize the commonly used Toolbox managers, operate successfully under MultiFinder, handle desk accessories, and create, grow, and zoom windows.
ScreenFKey: ScreenFKey is a basic example on how to spool a PICT file to disk by replacing the bottleneck PutPICProc, it saves the contents of the screen to a file. The FKEY creates ten files Screen 0 through Screen 9; it is necessary to erase or rename old files when the limit is reached.
Signals: UFailure (or Signals) is a set of exception handling routines suitable for use with MacApp, MPW Pascal, and MPW C. It is a “jazzed-up” version of the original MacApp UFailure unit, and it includes a set of C interfaces too.
SillyBalls: This is a very simple sample program that demonstrates how to use Color QuickDraw. It is about two pages of code, and does nothing more than open a color window and draw randomly colored ovals in the window.
TESample: TESample is an example application that demonstrates how to initialize the commonly used Toolbox managers, operate successfully under MultiFinder, handle desk accessories, and create, grow, and zoom windows. It demonstrates fundamental TextEdit toolbox calls and TextEdit automatic scrolling, and it shows how to create and maintain scroll bar controls.
TEStyleSample: TEStyleSample is an example application that demonstrates how to initialize the commonly used toolbox managers, operate successfully under MultiFinder, handle desk accessories and create, grow, and zoom windows. Both styled and fundamental TextEdit toolbox calls and TextEdit auto-scroll are demonstrated. It also shows how to create and maintain scroll bar controls as well as implement a basic printing loop.
UFailure Δí: UFailure (or Signals) is a set of exception handling routines suitable for use with MacApp, MPW C, and MPW Pascal. It is a jazzed-up version of the MacApp UFailure unit. There is a set of C interfaces to it as well.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_92148.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
PDlog Expand (TN PR09): This example shows how to add items to print dialogs (with balloon help and sub-dialogs). Sample code accompanying Tech Note PR09. This version: New & Improved, appy with LW 8.4.1, can add lists.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_92351.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
OffSample: OffSample demonstrates the usage of the Offscreen unit. It shows how to use off-screen bitmaps and pixel maps to produce flicker- free updating with a minimum of code restructuring. OffSample attempts to reduce the amount of “knowledge” it has of the off- screen structure so as to minimize its dependence upon that unit.
Palette&GWorld (Fat): This code sample demonstrates how to use a palette when drawing into a GWorld. The trick is understanding that while setting a palette to a GWorld is permitted, doing so does not change the GWorld’s color table. The solution is to make a palette from the color table ( or the color table from a palette) and to use that color table to create or update the GWorld. After then doing a SetGWorld you can either draw with Index2Color and RGBForeColor, or you can set the palette to the GWorld and draw with PmForeColor. These techniques are shown in the procedures createRGBForeColorImage and createPmForeColorImage in Palette&GWorld.c.
TubeTest: TubeTest is a very simple demonstration of how to use the Palette Manager in a color application. It has a special color palette that is associated with the main window, and the colors are animated using the Palette Manager to give a flowing tube effect. The program is very simple; the Palette Manager and drawing routines are in separate subroutines to make it easier to figure out what is happening.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_92638.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
IW-Half-Dither: IW-Half-Dither is a new ImageWriter sample driver for QuickDraw GX that shows how to implement color plane separations as well as how to change the 'rdip' resource on the fly. Requires QuickDraw GX and an ImageWriter with a color ribbon.</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_92799.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
ChromaKeyMovie: Chromakey Movie is a simple application which is designed to show alternative approaches to removing a color from a QuickTime movie while it is playing and allowing a separate image to be displayed in the removed regions. It demonstrates several features available in QuickTime and Color QuickDraw.
DTS QT Utilities.Aug-95: This is a collection of useful QuickTime functions and applications. Consult the documentation inside the Documentation folder for more details.
JPEG Sample: This sample demonstrates how to compress and decompress JPEG images with QuickTime. We use the FCompressImage function but the CompressImage counterpart function could also be used. Although this sample strictly demonstrates JPEG compression/decompression you could use this as a framework for other types of compression (except for the decoding of the JPEG header).
QuickTime Sample Code: An assortment of QuickTime samples.
QuickTime VR Tools 1.0b2: The QTVR Beta-Level Tools are for use in creating QuickTime VR content. The tools are beta-level and unsupported. Source code for these tools is available in the folder QTVR Beta-Level Tools Source. Make QTVR Object takes input in the form of a QuickTime movie with frames that are photographs of, or views of, an object. It combines these photographs or views into a single QuickTime VR object. Make QTVR Panorama takes input in the form of a PICT file generated by a computer graphics program or a scanned wide-angle or panoramic photo. It converts the PICT into a QuickTime VR panorama.
Show Movie: "Show Movie" is a small application designed to load and play movies. It demonstrates several useful features in QuickTime and ways to use them.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_93066.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
SoundApp: SoundApp is a sample application for demonstrating the Sound Manager. It comes in two parts: SoundApp.c and SoundUnit.c. SoundApp.c handles the application's management of memory, errors, user interface, etc. It requires the use of the SoundUnit.c to handle all of the sound routines. SoundUnit code handles the Sound Manager part of the application. You can use this stand-alone unit in your own application.</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_93261.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
Inline Input for TextEdit: This package helps developers implement inline input for TextEdit using the TSMTE extension in their applications. The package provides sample code for implementing inline input for TextEdit, the TSMTE interfaces, and the TSMTE extension. It is intended to be used along with Macintosh Technical Note TE 27 - Inline Input for TextEdit with TSMTE.
SimpleText Sample: This is some SimpleText source code. It shows how to write SimpleText, implements calling PPC library from 68k code, using AppleGuide, and other swell things.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_93642.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
ControlStrip Test: ControlStrip Test is a sample program that shows how to use some of the ControlStrip calls.
EditTextCdev: EditCdev is a sample Control Panel device (cdev) that demonstrates the use of the edit-related messages and how to implement an editText item in a cdev. It utilizes the new undo, cut, copy, paste, and delete messages that are sent to cdevs in response to
user menu selections.
Fragment Tool: "Fragment Tool" is a simple application designed to allow basic manipulation of code fragments. It allows you to combine or separate several code fragments, and view and edit various pieces of information associated with each code fragment.
HideMenubarEtc: This demonstrates how to hide the menubar and/or the desktop. The desktop is hidden simply by creating a large background window and filling it with the appropriate pattern. The menu bar is hidden by zeroing the Menu bar height, updating the GrayRgn, and then forcing all windows to redraw. The rounded corners on every screen device can also be removed using a method similar to that used with the menubar.
HierMenus: HierMenus is a very simple demonstration of how to use hierarchical menus in your application.
INIT - CDEV: A sample that shows how a CDEV can communicate with an INIT. Shows how to write an INIT that can stay resident; how to write a Control Panel Device with extended error reporting; how to patch a trap; how to use the FindFolder routine for managing preferences; how to do quick and dirty PPCToolbox communications; how to use global variables in standalone code.
LabelMenu: This demonstrates a program with a Finder-like label menu. Each label menu item has a 12x16 pixel 'cicn and the color and name of all the items are updated if the user changes anything in the "Labels" control panel. This also demonstrates how to change a menu tile to an icon.
Live Scroll 1.0: "Live Scroll" is a bare bones application demonstrating one approach you can take to implementing live scrolling (aka active and dynamic scrolling) during the tracking of scroll bar thumbs. Scroll arrows allow accurate placement of a document within its window, but are often too slow when the user wishes to scroll the content relatively large distances. While the scroll thumb can be used in this situation, it is less than ideal because the user cannot see the result of the scroll until the thumb is released. As a result, the user often finds that two or more scroll operations are required before the desired positioning is achieved. These problems can be overcome by implementing live scrolling within an application which allows a user to more accurately scroll a document to the correct position with direct control over the speed of the scrolling, and by providing complete visual feedback of the scrolling operation as it occurs.
MacCalendar 1.1b1: MacCalendar is a control strip module that displays a calendar when you click on it in the control strip. The calendar display is configured using a separate application, MacCalendar Setup.
ModalList: ModalList is an example using a list in a dialog window. The default LDEF is used to display a two-dimensional list of strings. You can scroll the list, search for and change cell contents, and change the list’s selection flags.
PopMenus: PopMenus is a very simple demonstration of how to use pop-up menus in your application. It implements a pop-up menu as a userItem in a modal dialog box (this is a helpful example in its own right).
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 97
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_93869.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Jun 97 SSW:What's New?:Sample Code:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>ARPSample1.0b1: The OT ARP module provides an ARP service that is used by the OT TCP/IP stack. This sample demonstrates how you can get direct access to the ARP module to, amongst other things, add and remove ARP cache entries.
FinderDragPro: FinderDragPro demonstrates how to use the Drag Manager's flavorTypeHFS and flavorTypePromiseHFS flavors and, to a lesser extent, how to interact with Finder via AppleEvents. This sample serves as an illustration for Technote 1085, but you may find it useful regardless.
Moofwars 1.01: MoofWars is a DrawSprocket games sample that shows a few techniques for fast drawing of sprites as well as a scrolling, tiled background. With about 1400 sprites on the screen, this code can achieve 15 frames per second on a 7100/66 and 30+ frames on an 8500/120. Thanks to DrawSprocket, it takes full advantage of page flipping -- with less sprites on the screen, an 8500 with full video RAM can achieve 66 frames per second with full screen 640x480 animation.
NeoTextBox97: A replacement for the toolbox call TETextBox, with some added features, like returning the bottom edge of the text as drawn. Additionally described in develop issue 9.
TPIFile1.0b1: TPIFile is a sample TPI module that lets you open a "TPIFile" endpoint, connect that endpoint to a Mac OS file using an FSSpec, and then read that file using standard Open Transport API calls (eg OTRcv). Requires Open Transport 1.1.1 or later.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Games:
Networking:
Text:
Toolbox:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_94132.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:QuickDraw:Scrap Color 1.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Have you ever noticed that there isn't an effective way to transfer color information from one program to another without resorting to writing down the actual values of a color and then typing them back in where you want them? It's annoying to say the least. Especially if you want to move or keep track of a number of colors. Also, if the information could be moved from one application to another, programs could work together better and in a more integrated fashion.
At least that's what we figured. Mark is the author of ColorSieve, a popular freeware utility that helps C, Pascal, and HTML programmers look at and manipulate color information. Patrick is the author of WebColor, a popular sharware application that helps HTML authors create web pages with custom colors defined for the background as well as the various types of links (as well as other neat features). We felt that our programs could work together really well if they could communicate the color information back and forth.
So, we created the Scrap Color clipboard format and supporting code library. We will be integrating this functionality into our programs, and we hope that others will do so as well. With the supporting code library written, it is a snap to integrate and call. Plus, we are placing the format and code library in the public domain. It's free to use as you like with no copyrights or licensing fees. You don't even have to mention it in your about box.
We hope that this format can become a standard to communicate color information between applications by using the clipboard. That will only happen if people start to use it in their applications, both commercial and shareware. So, please take a look at the rest of this document and the code library. We hope that you can use it!
Released June, 1996 by Mark Womack and Patrick Bores. Code Library written by Mark Womack. See the file ' Scrap Color Documentation' for details.
Issues: This is NOT AN APPLE PRODUCT. It is provided on an AS-IS basis. Apple is not responsible for any problems you may encounter in its use.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text> !NOT AN APPLE PRODUCT!:
Scrap Color Documentation
ScrapColor Demo
Demo source:
scrapcolor library:
ScrapColorDemo.µ</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_98511.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Sample Code:Printing:Scriptable Print SimpleText:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This example was SimpleText 1.4d16. It's the same sample that's been shipping since 1996. This version has code to "Extend the Print Record" from Technote 1161 and code to allow for scriptable printing added.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Interapplication Communication:ScriptableStuffItEngine:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>It's a tool for scripting the StuffIt Engine™, a library distributed by Aladdin Systems, Inc. as part of their StuffIt® family of products, which are the de facto standard for data compression under Mac OS. (This is not an endorsement.)
It's also a C code sample which shows how easy it is to make a scriptable application for a specific use. It doesn't use the object model and it doesn't have a huge feature set. (Its functionality fills a specific need in Developer Relations, namely aiding an AppleScript called SeedBuilder to make uniform seed archives and segments.) This is a drawback in at least one sense, but also an advantage in another in that it may demystify scriptable applications for some number of developers by exposing scripting support in terms they already understand.
It's a tool for scripting the StuffIt Engine™, a library distributed by Aladdin Systems, Inc. as part of their StuffIt® family of products, which are the de facto standard for data compression under Mac OS. (This is not an endorsement.)
It's also a C code sample which shows how easy it is to make a scriptable application for a specific use. It doesn't use the object model and it doesn't have a huge feature set. (Its functionality fills a specific need in Developer Relations, namely aiding an AppleScript called SeedBuilder to make uniform seed archives and segments.) This is a drawback in at least one sense, but also an advantage in another in that it may demystify scriptable applications for some number of developers by exposing scripting support in terms they already understand.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Localization:ScriptSwitcher:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>ScriptSwitcher8 is a quick way to modify all the resources needed to switch the primary script (e.g Roman, Japanese, Chinese, etc.) of your system. It is useful for testing and avoids having to use resedit to change resources. It works on versions of Mac OS 7.0 and 8.0.
Requires: ScriptSwitcher8 updates ScriptSwitcher to work on System 8.0
Keywords: scriptswitcher script switcher</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>ScriptSwitcher.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Oct 92
Jan 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_94761.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Devices:SCSI:SCSI Tools 1.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: SCSI Tools is a small cdev that has two functions. One; it provides a status display of your SCSI bus with lights corresponding to the 8 (0-7) id's. (Note the Mac is always assigned number 7 so it's always on. )
The second function is that it can mount SCSI devices (usually hard disks) with the mount button (buttons have drop shadows). Handy when a hard disk has been dragged to the trash and unmounted. It will re-mount any disk that has been dragged to the trash; even non-SCSI disks. This only works on local volumes; so AppleShare volumes will not be mounted after being dragged to the trash.
This package is 7.0 compatible
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>SCSI
SCSI Tools Info
SCSI Tools Info.txt</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol III
Vol VII
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_73873.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Development Kits:Mac OS:Security SDK:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This SDK includes the libraries and include files necessary to build applications that can interface with the Keychain, URL Access, and Signing functions available with Mac OS 9. It also contains example code and API documentation.
A keychain is a secure repository for user-centric data, such as keys, passwords and certificates. The repository may be a file, a network database, a smart card, or other storage media..
URL Access accesses remote sites programmatically using URLs. Files may be sent or retreived using URL Access function calls. URL Access allows file:, http:, and ftp: based URLs.
MacFileSigning APIs allow the signing and verification of files using digital certificates. It is possible to specify which portions of files are to be used to calculate the signature.
Requires: MacOS9, Power PC.
Any software using these libraries for the purpose of encryption will need to submit an application for one-time approval with the NSA/Commerce Department.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Devices:SCSI:Sedit 1.0b3:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Sedit is a SCSI device editor and general purpose SCSI utility. It talks to any device on the SCSI bus. It can function as a block editor; much like Fedit. It also allows you to send SCSI commands directly out to any SCSI device. </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sedit
Sedit Documentation
Template.r</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol III
Vol VII
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_95616.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Interapplication Communication:Server Remote Control 1.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: These two applications, Remote Control and Server Controller, allow the owner of a Macintosh to start or stop the file server running on that Macintosh using another Macintosh at another location on the network. They provide an example of applications using asynchronous PPC Toolbox code for communications, and of a faceless background-only application used as agent to control remote system.
All source Metrowerks Pascal code for both programs is included. Built using the Unversal Interfaces version 2.0.
Note: the functionality provided by these applications can be easily duplicated with the scriptable Finder and AppleScript.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:QuickDraw GX:SetDefaultDTP:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This application demonstrates how to send an AppleEvent to the Finder that will cause a new default desktop printer to be selected under QuickDraw GX. The user interface consists of a dialog that collects a string that is the name of a desktop printer. Upon hitting the default button, the application forms an AppleEvent and sends it off to the Finder. If the Printing Finder Extension (part of QuickDraw GX) is installed and a valid desktop printer was specified then that printer should become the default printer.
Requires: QuickDraw GX, System 7.5
Keywords: Desk Top Printer Default SetDefaultDTP QuickDraw GX tool</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>FSSetPrinter.c
FSSetPrinter.h
ReadMe
SetDefaultDTP
SetDefaultDTP.c
SetDefaultDTP.rsrc
SetDefaultDTP.µ
SetDefaultDTP.π
SetDefaultDTP.π.rsrc</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_96177.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>A sample program which demonstrates how to make the ADBOp call under 68K, PPC and CFM-68K environments. The program sample will cause the Caps Lock, Num Lock and Scroll Lock Keys to blink until the mouse is pressed. This program is a modification of the LEDApp which was written by Greg Robbins in 1991
The program sample works in all of the current Mac OS environments. Of interest is that the sample code includes glue code for fixing a crashing problem in making the ADBOp call under CFM-68K for SSW 8.1 and earlier.
The sample code was built using Code Warrior Pro environment
Keywords: ADBOp, ADB, CFM-68K</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_96624.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Feb 99 TC:What's New?:Sherlock Plug-ins:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>The “Search Internet” feature in the Sherlock application allows users to perform Internet searches using one or more Internet search engines. Each search engine Sherlock uses is represented by a plug-in file that describes the formats the engine expects
for queries and produces in its responses. These files are stored in the Internet Search Sites folder in the System Folder.
Developers can create a new plug-in to add a search engine to Sherlock’s repertoire if they know how to interpret the HTML files which underlie search engine web pages and if they’re proficient with tools such as BBEdit, a flexible text editor available from Bare Bones Software and ResEdit, a free utility from Apple.
The plug-ins in this package are just a representative sample of what can be accomplished using this powerful search technology.
Information on how you can take develop plug-ins is available at our web site at http://www.apple.com/sherlock/plugindev.html
Keywords: engine, Internet, Sherlock
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>AmazonBooks.src
AmazonMusic.src
Apple.src
AppleSWUpdates-English.src
AppleSWUpdates-WW.src
BarnesAndNoble.src
CNN.src
DirectHit.src
HotBot.src
LookSmart.src
MacGuide.src
XTNow.src
Yahoo.src</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 99
Feb 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_97129.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Virtual User tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This latest version of ShimmerMate names both the Owner's Name and Macintosh Name resources which are found in the Sharing Setup Control Panel (System 7.x systems only).
Features: Names both the Owner's Name and Macintosh Name resources which are found in the Sharing Setup Control Panel
Requires: This is a software only package and is provided as a tool for use with VU 1.1.1 and VU 2.0.
Issues: These libraries and tools are not supported Apple products. </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Virtual User tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_97476.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Parameters:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Show globals is a MultiFinder friendly application that can help you monitor global variables in drivers and code resources. It uses a description file and it shows the values of your variables in a scrolling window.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Parameters.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol IV
Vol VII
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_97621.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Localization:ShowDialogBoxes:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: SDB allows you to display dialogs, alerts, and coolAlerts of your application. Requires an associated scriptfile which specifies the relationships between the text and the dialogs. Version 2.1 adds support for displaying coolAlerts under QuickDraw GX.
Keywords: Testing, International</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>ShowDialogBoxes v2.1.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol VII
May 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_97909.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:OS Utilities:ShowInitIcon:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Use this code to display an ICON when starting an extension. This is a replacement for the many other ShowIcon style utilites. It's written entirely in C, and works with several different C compilers. A Pascal header is included as well.
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Sample Code:Graphics 2D:Simple DrawSprocket:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This sample is designed to show simple use of DrawSprocket to set screen resolution and size within the confines of a standard Macintosh Toolbox environment. Additionally, it demonstrates how to get DrawSprocket's version with DSpGetVersion () and without it.
Requirements: CW2 or later and Universal Headers 3.2 (3.3 if building for DrawSprocket 1.7)
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:QuickTime:SimpleApp 1.0.2:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: SimpleApp is a general utility for handling TEXT, PICT and movie editing. Its purpose is to demonstrate the human interface features with QuickTime‚Ñ¢ and hold the basic functions of text editing and PICT viewing. There are no new features to v1.0.2, just some bug fixes.
Features:
Viewing, editing and saving text files.
Viewing picture files.
Viewing, editing and saving movie files.
Clipboard window supports TEXT,PICT and MooV.
Preference settings.
Requires: Any Macintosh, running System 7.0 on up. QuickTime‚Ñ¢ 1.0 or 1.5 needed but not required.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample PICT
SimpleApp
SimpleApp Read Me</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_99113.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:OS Utilities:SnapshotSample1.0b4:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Snapshot Sample is a tiny application that shows how to grab the icon positions for all the files on the desktop and later restore those icon positions. This is useful for programs, like games, that switch resolutions on the fly, thereby causing havoc for the user’s desktop icons.
Keywords: grab icon desktop</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Read Me About Snapshot Sample
Snapshot Sample
SnapshotSample.c
SnapshotSample.µ</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 97
Dec 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_100342.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
FindSerialPorts: This is a little snippet from the "Inside the Macintosh Communications Toolbox" which demonstrates the correct method for detecting which serial ports are present.
Get Tool Config: This sample shows how to accumulate into a TEXT file the config strings of Connection Tools that have been configured with CMChoose.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 92
Apr 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_100444.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Snippets - Development Tools & Languages</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>10</id>
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Sample Code:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>(** = new, * = revised)
AEGestalt: AEGestalt is a MacApp application which shows how to make use of the built in Apple events support.
Bits o' MacApp Code: A few MacApp snippets: Windows Menu,a view that stays centered in its superview, TTextListView, TTextGridView, a Light Gray Adorner, and more.
Dialogs: This MacApp sample shows how TextEdit views are enabled/disabled, in this case with radio buttons.
DTSCPlusLibrary: This folder is chock full of useful C++ samples (80+ files!), including a complete framework for writing small applications.
DumpSRec: This MPW tool converts an arbitrary Macintosh data file or resource into Motorola S-Record format, mostly to assist in downloading code and data to EPROM programmers or non-Macintosh target platforms.
Eenie: Eenie - example MacApp program showing how to use the Dependency mechanism and Adorners. Also shows how to use the new View format with defining customized cursors over views.
LockFile: Demonstrates setting the file lock bit in an action atom for the installer. This action atom code resource must be called through a post installation action atom. In the selector field, pass in the name of the target 'infs' resource id.
Long doubles w/MathLib: This sample shows how to call MathLib functions that take or return parameters of type long double from Metrowerks PPC code.
Low Level Debugger macros: Debugger macros for MacApp 3.0.
MacApp C++ Load/dump: Two MPW scripts that show a couple ways to use load/dump in MAMake files.
MouseInfo: This sample shows how to make use of MacApp 3.0 Behaviors, how to create them, how behaviors could control window information, track events, and also spawn off other behaviors.
PICTDialog: This MacApp sample shows how easy it is to include PICT resources in modal dialogs.
RemoveVMSVersionNumbers: This MPW script removes VMS style version number extensions from file names.
ScreenShots from MacsBug: It is possible to take a screen shot while in MacsBug by adding this function to your program. You can jump directly to this function from anywhere in your program using MacsBug commands, take a screen shot, and then continue with normal program execution.
Shared Lib. Mgr. C++: This snippet shows how to turn a generic C++ class (not Pascal/Handle object based) into a Shared Library class. The Makefile is a suitable template for similar work.
ShowBalloon XFCN: This XFCN allows you to use Balloon Help in conjunction with HyperCard. The source code and the demo stack will get you going.
UserFunction Gestalt: This snippet is for Installer scripters. The UserChkGestaltFunction provides an alternative to the CheckGestalt clause which requires that the scripter provide all possible matches to the results of the Gestalt call. With the User Function, the script writer can simply check for the existence of a gestalt selector, without having to worry about it's return values.
Windoid: Windoid is a MacApp 3.0 sample, which shows how to construct tear-off floating windows.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 94
May 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_100707.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
Audio CD: An MPW Tool that allows you to start, stop, pause, and continue audio CD tracks.
CD Tracker: Pascal snippet that gets info on Audio CD tracks
CDROMDriveCheck: An MPW C tool that checks to see which SCSI IDs are AppleCD SC drives. It makes a status call(97) to the AppleCD SC driver (only works with this driver).
CDTool: An MPW Tool that controls a CD drive
Disable Power Off Key: Extension demonstrating how to disable power key for turning off machine.
DisableEject: Shows how to stop a floppy disk from being ejected. This has no chance of being compatible with future system software.
Disk Icons: This C routine calls disk drivers to retrieve icon information.
EgretWakeup: This is a test program to tell a Mac with an Egret (or Egret derivative) chip when to power up. It does so by calling the _Egret trap. If the Power Manager exists, use the SetWUTime call as per Inside Macintosh, Power Manager chapter (Vol VI). This program only works on a Egret-based Macs that ALSO can do softpower. For example while the IIsi and LC CPUs both have Egrets, LCs can't do soft power on).
Floppy II: This sample uses the sony driver calls to get the format list of a super drive disk, to find if the disk supports MFM 720 disk. If so, it reformats the disk to be that type. !! Warning: The data on the disk in drive 1 will get blown away and there are no warnings.!!
ledApp: This is a faceless background task for System 7. It counts to 7 on an extended keyboard’s lights repeatedly until the Shift and Caps Lock keys are pressed, or until it receives a Quit Application Apple event.
ModifyMouseAccl: ModifyMouseAccl demonstrates the use of the CursorDeviceManager to adjust the mouse acceleration setting for the standard Apple mouse. This quick sample obtains the CDM record associated with the standard mouse, saves the acceleration settings, then replaces the settings with some custom values defined in the program. There is the option to specify a tablet like setting, or one which makes the mouse extremely sensitive to movement. Set the define NOACCLCURVE to the desired value. A discussion of the acceleration resource is provided in the Space Aliens ADB Tech Note.
Once the new values are set, the program makes the CursorDeviceSetAcceleration call, to have the Cursor Device Manager calculate the new acceleration curves to be used by the cursor draw routine. After waving the mouse around to see that the new acceleration curve is in effect, press the mouse button to have the program restore the original acceleration settings, and to quit the program.
Note that there is the included glue file CursorDevices.Glue.c. This glue file is used in conjunction with the CursorDevices.h header file which became available since ETO 18. Use this glue file to link a native PPC program with the CursorDevice Manager routines.
NoPowerOffKey 1.2: This extension disables the keyboard power key from being used to turn off a Macintosh. Starting with System 7.5, you can turn off power by pressing the power key, just as you turn on the Macintosh by pressing the power key. This behavior isn't appropriate for some classroom or kiosk settings. Therefore, this extension exists. Drop it into your system folder and restart.
Version 1.2 fixes a minor concern, removes one line of assembly, and adds a Finder help string, so that turning on balloon help and pointing at this extension explains what the extension does. (Technogeek for "minor concern"; my definition of the UniversalProcPtr for the PowerOff gestalt function didn't include space for a return code. I was using a prerelease of the System 7.5.3 tech note. It shouldn't have caused any problems, but I'm being anal.)
PackMan C: This snippet shows how to implement a simpleChooser Package in C, based on Scott “Zz” Zimmerman's PACKman pascal sample
PBxxx Serial Demo: Shows how to use the serial ports correctly. Connect your macs up with a serial cable if you want to see it in action. Or just look at the code to see how things ought to be done.
Play: With this program on your hard disk; you can double click on a track on an Audio CD and the CD SC drive will start playing the audio track and will continue until the end of the disk
ReadSector MSDOS: This snippet shows how to read and write physical sectors on MS-DOS floppies within your application (as Apple File Exchange does), rather than writing an external file system.
SCSI Inquiry: This MPW tool shows how to make a SCSI inquiry command to an HD80SC.
SCSI Simple Sample: A simple sample that can deal with both the old and new SCSI Managers.
Serial Driver Arbitration: This is an example of how to correctly arbitrate the serial ports. It's taken from tech note DV 11 - Opening the Serial Ports.
SlotVInstall: This little program installs a slot VBL task for the main screen, even if the main screen uses built-in video, by getting the gdRefNum and calling GetDctlEntry to find the slot number.
Wake100: Wake100 resets the wake up time on PowerBooks that support it (PB 100, Portable) so that it wakes up at the same time everyday.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 92
Feb 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_100929.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
AS Authenticator: This code sample answers the question: "How can I ask an AppleShare server to authenticate an account/password pair without mounting a volume?" It attempts to mount a volume with a name which is known to be invalid. If VolumeMount claims the password didn't work, then it didn't. If VolumeMount claims the volume could not be mounted, then the password was valid. Note: This is 100% predictable behavior and doesn't rely on any hacks. However, it does fall into the category of empirically discovered undocumented behavior.
AsyncPB: AsyncPB is an example of how File System calls can be made in a chain from an interrupt handler like the Time Manager.
CreateDirWithCustomIcon: This snippet demonstrates how to create a directory and how to steal a custom icon from another directory by CatMoving the "Icon\r" file from the other directory.
CustomGet unresolved alias: This sample demonstrates how to let the user choose an alias file from an "open" dialog. The basic idea is to intercept the pseudo-item 'sfHookOpenAlias' in a CustomGetFile hook function and transform it into 'getOpen'. This causes the dialog to behave as if the user had clicked the open button. Also, we intercept the item number of a check box we have added to the dialog item template in order to allow the user to choose whether to resolve aliases. Finally, when CustomGetFile returns, we call DebugStr to let the user (you, the programmer, not end users -- they'll just see a crash) know what happened.
DeleteDirectory: This C routine will delete a subdirectory from a Macintosh volume, including any nested directories. It works in AppleShare as well as normal environments.
deleteEmptyDir: These MPW tools identify and/or delete all empty folders on a specified volume using PBCatSearch.
ficycle: This THINK Pascal‚Ñ¢ program lists the files contained in a folder.
FileSharingOn: This snippet demonstrates how to determine whether or not File Sharing is on.
FormatAsDOS: This snippet demonstrates how to use the newer Disk Initialization Package calls DIXFormat() and DIXZero() to format a floppy disk as a DOS disk. DIXFormat, DIXZero, and DIReformat are documented in the IM:Files Errata Tech Note.
Please note this snippet does not provide any prompts. It merely takes the floppy in the first floppy drive and reformats it as a DOS disk with the name "MS-DOS Disk". This purpose of this snippet is to demonstrate the newer API.
GetFInfo & GetVInfo: MPW Tools that simply parse command-line options and print the value of the parameter blocks returned from Toolbox calls.
GetOwnerGroup: Shows how to get the owner and group of a directory using routines from MoreFiles.
Is PC Exchange Installed: This snippet demonstrates the check for the existence of PC Exchange. The FSMGlueLib.o file is available on the MacOS SDK CD in the File System Manager Libraries folder.
Keith's CatSearch: This snippet provides a high-level interface to PBCatSearch and allows you to limit the search to a specific subdirectory (after the fact, of course - see the read me for the details).
ParseFullPathname: ParseFullPathname takes a full pathname (which can be longer than 255 chars, and walks down it, converting it to dirID's along the way. This is the opposite of the procedure described in TN #68 (more or less). DTS does not condone this.
PBCatSearch: This small sample shows how to use the PBCatSearch function. It presents a dialog where you can enter any Creator and File Type, then it searches for one (1) file with that creator and type. When it finds it, it will show you the file name.
PBDTGetAppl: This snippet shows how to access the desktop database to get information about an application based on its creator. See the code in SlimFunctions.c for how to make the calls.
PutAwayVolumes 1.1: This snippet demonstrates several techniques for unmounting a volume:
[1] UnmountVol (via MoreFiles)
[2] sending an AppleEvent to Finder
[3] a combination of emptying the trash and MoreFiles
A successful unmounting algorithm might choose to use more than one of these techniques.
resolveRelativeAlias: resolveRelativeAlias is an MPW tool which demonstrates use of a relative alias for locating a file in a known folder on an unknown volume.
Select Folder w/ Gray files: This is an example of twisted abuse of user interface in order to achieve a noble purpose: as better "Select Folder" example that shows the files in the folder grayed out.
SettingUpStdFile: This snippet demonstrates how to make Standard File select an initial file under both System 6 and System 7.
SFGetFolder C: This sample uses the new System 7 CustomGetFile routine to provide a StandardGetFolder call to be used by applications when the user needs to select a folder instead of a file. C Version.
SFGetFolder Pascal: This sample uses the new System 7 CustomGetFile routine to provide a StandardGetFolder call to be used by applications when the user needs to select a folder instead of a file. Pascal Version.
stdFilterHacking: The new Standard Dialog Filter in 7.0 and later has a problem: if you dim a button and then your dialog gets an activate event, the button will be re-enabled! Here's some code to fix the problem.
Un/mount: This sample demonstrates how to handle disk-inserted events in a modal dialog. Along the way, it demonstrates how to field a disk-inserted event without allowing the system to automagically mount the volumes on the disk. (The code mounts the disk explicitly, but your program doesn't need to.)
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 92
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_101259.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
AE Interaction Sample: Two small applications, Sender and Receiver, show what interaction levels mean to the Apple Event Manager.
AECDEV/AEDEAMON: This sample is designed to answer that age-old question; "How do I send AppleEvents from a DA/CDEV/INIT/Driver?" Read the read_me to find the answer <grin>.
AECoercion: AECoercionINIT shows how to install System level AppleEvent Coercion routines at INIT time. You may also be interested in the coercion routines as samples of AE coercions in general.
FinderOpenSelection: This sample sends Finder 'Open Selection' events two different ways. The first, 'Send Open Selection', opens the file you select. The second,'Open Window Containing...' will open the Finder window containing the file you select.
IPCLister: A small example of how to use IPCListPorts. This sample collects and displays all the PPC/AppleEvent capable machines in your current zone and puts them in a nice list.
ODOC: This sample sends an 'odoc' event to a specified running application
OSA Preserve 68K Registers: The purpose of these functions are to save and restore a group of emulated 68K registers around calls to a PowerPC active or send function, which in turn calls YieldToAnyThread. Provides 68K wrapper functions, named Preserve68KRegsActiveProc and Preserve68KRegsSendProc, to be installed as an OSAActiveProc or OSASendProc, respectively.
SendFinderOpen: This snippet shows you how to send an OpenSelection Finder AppleEvent.
Simple HLE: Here is a simple High Level Event sample. It posts two events, then uses a filter to accept the second one. Using AppleEvents is a much better solution than using High Level Events, however...
SmallDaemon: This is a minimal faceless background application (FBA) for System 7. Versions are provided in MPW C and MPW Pascal.
SuspendAppleEvent: A simple example of suspending and resuming an AppleEvent.
TEXTtotypeIntlCoercion: A coercion routine that seamlessly converts old-style typeChar data to typeIntlText, so you don't have to rewrite old code.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 92
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_101744.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
Cache Flushing: Cache.c contains code to correctly flush instruction and data caches on all Macintosh CPUs, including the Quadras.
SimpleInit: This snippet demonstrates the writing of a simple init which attempts to allocate a 1 megabyte and then a 2 megabyte handle in the System heap.
Switch Stack: This is a simple example of showing how to correctly switch to a private stack for interrupt-time code that requires more than a few dozen bytes of stack space. The example uses THINK C's inline assembler, so MPW users will have to either inline it, or write something similar using MPW's assembler.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 92
Aug 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_101940.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
ADSP Chat: ADSP Chat is a sample application demonstrating the use of the AppleTalk Data Stream Protocol (ADSP).
AFP C++: A C++ class that provides an interface to the Appletalk Filing Protocols (AFP) as documented in Chapter 13 of Inside AppleTalk. Each of the classes' methods corresponds to an AFP call.
AppleTalk Libraries: A set of AppleTalk librariesthat features Name Binding Protocol, Zone Information Protocol, AppleTalk Filing Protocol, and more
ATP Demo: This sample code demonstrates how to use the AppleTalk Transaction Protocol (ATP) to send data back and forth between two machines on the network.
ENET Sample: This snippet demonstrates how one can use the Ethernet routines described in Inside Macintosh volume VI. The program demonstrates the basic use of the various Control calls to the ENET driver.
Get Ethernet Address: Demonstrates both the use of the LAP Manager to get the current AppleTalk connection device and a call to EGetInfo to obtain the burned in Ethernet address.
Get LAP Connection: Sample code to demonstrate use of the LAP Manager call to determine the current connection type i.e LocalTalk, EtherTalk phase 1/2, or TokenTalk phase 2.
GetADEVType: Sample code to demonstrate use of the LAP Manager call to determine the current connection type i.e LocalTalk, EtherTalk phase 1/2, or TokenTalk phase 2.
Neighborhood Watch: Neighborhood Watch is a MultiFinder friendly application which allows people to post public messages to the network.
Talking Heads: Startup document that allow you to "talk" with others in your network. Files can be transferred between users.
TalkTool: TalkTool is an MPW tool that allows you to use several protocols over AppleTalk. It can send DDP, ATP, and Echo packets, and you can register names, get the zone list, and view names registered in the network
TCP: Includes two MPW Tools, TCPSend and TCPReceive, that demonstrate a very simple establishment of a TCP connection and sending a text string over that connection. An API library of all the MacCTB driver and DNR calls is also included.
TCP Server: This client/server sample uses MacTCP to implement a simple "greeting" server. The server opens up several listeners on kGreetingPort (1235).
TCPClose: This snippet shows how to close a connection gracefully without causing errors or forcing aborts on either the local or remote end.
testNBP: Test program to demonstrate case insensitivity of NBP. Two names are registered and confirmed. A lookup is performed with both lower case and upper case initial letters of the object. Also demonstrates the use of the PSetSelfSend capability.
Transition Queue Watcher: This sample program demonstrates the implementation of an AppleTalk Transition Queue to demonstrate the messages which get passed when transition events take place.
UDPSample: This sample illustrates how to send and receive MacTCP UDP packets, setting up a simple connectionless chat program. Instead of an outstanding read command, an ASR is used to inform the program there is data to be received.
Zap TCP Application: This small app contains a trap patch to _ExitToShell which will search all open MacTCP connections for any connections which are allocated within the currently quitting or crashing application. Any such connection will be closed and its assocated MacTCP stream will be released. This will prevent most of the Mac crashes associated with MacTCP networking. You can easily put this code into your MacTCP application for the same functionality.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 92
May 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_102346.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
DeskPat: This snippet how you can access the "Desktop Pattern" and the "Set Utilities Pattern" pattern. (This pattern is set by holding down the option key in the Desktop Patterns Control Panel.) This control panel uses resources of type 'ppat' to store this pattern. The `ppat' resource is stored in the System file in your System Folder; the desktop pattern has an ID of 16 and the utilities pattern has an ID of 42. Since this is not documented, it could be subject to change at any moment. You should be careful when using this.
GestaltValue: GestaltValue is a binary library that allows you to add your own Gestalt selectors to the System. No source.
Sleep Queue Entry: This snippet demonstrates how to create a sleep queue entry under Think C.
TestGestalt: These sample applications show how to use Gestalt to get information on system features.
TimeZone.Daylight: This program shows how you can use the ReadLocation function to show the current location and time zone information that is in the Date & Time Control Panel. The program also shows how you can determine if Daylight Savings Time is on or off. The program also shows how you can determine if Daylight Savings Time is on or off.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 94
Nov 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_102511.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
Dashed Lines: This sample demonstrates how to draw dashed line objects on PostScript printers. This simple example does not deal with QuickDraw printers, on which it draws solid black lines.
Dashed-capped Lines: This sample demonstrates how to draw dashed line objects on PostScript printers. In this case, they are capped PostScript lines. I use round caps, which means that the ends of the lines are rounded. This simple example does not deal with QuickDraw
GrayText: This sample demonstrates two methods of printing gray text. On PostScript printers it sends PostScript, on QuickDraw printers it sends Color QuickDraw calls. If a QuickDraw printer does not use a CGrafPort, the gray text comes out as black.
HairLines: HairLines is an MPW 3.2 Pascal sample that demonstrates different methods of creating hairlines on printers.
ImageWriter bug: This sample snippet demonstrates how to work around the 'dctb' bug in the ImageWriter II 6.1 and 7.0 drivers. This bug causes a crash when doing a style (Page Setup) dialog after setting draftBits with PrGeneral.
InvertedText: This sample application gives you cool tricks for printing inverted text.
IsImageWriter: This program contains a few functions for determining if an ImageWriter is connected and if so, which port it should be connected to.
PicCommentsTest: Here's a complete working application you can use to investigate further the interpretation of picture comments by various printer drivers under various circumstances. Read TN#91 for details.
PostScriptHandleDemo: This sample demonstrates how to use the PostScriptHandle PicComment to send PostScript to PostScript printers. This is of course only useful for PostScript printers.
Print clipped offscreen: This sample shows how to print a clipped offscreen. Replaces old sample called 'Offscreen region MaskRgn'.
Print multipage PICT: Takes a PICT larger than one page and "tiles" it so that it prints across the right number of sheets of paper to tape together and make a poster, like many drawing applications.
PrintDialogMagic: A short example of how to avoid having the print dialogs wait for user response (useful for automated printing).
Rotated Thingies: This example demonstrates how to rotate objects on PostScript printers using two methods: RotateBegin/End PicComments and TextBegin/End PicComments. PrGeneral is used to change the resolution, which throws another wrench in the works: scaling.
Save Print Record: Walks you through the style and job dialogs to create a print record ready-to-print-with, and then saves it to a resource file with resource type 'YO!!' and ID 128. The first step towards saving print records for multiple printers.
Scalable PostScript PICT: Shows how you can use the PostScript clip in combination with the QuickDraw clipping region to make PostScript code that scales at run-time. Has some limitations, but a useful technique.
SetPDiMC: This MPW tool sets the “Printer Driver Is MultiFinder Compatible” flag (see “Learning to Drive” on the Developer Essentials disc).
Stylemap: Yet another code illustration for the Q&A on "intrinsic styles of a PostScript font" in d e v e l o p, Summer 1991.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 94
Nov 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_102708.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
7.0fo: An After Dark module which displays the processes currently running on the Macintosh. Shows how to use the Process Manager and uses True Type fonts.
Just Finder: Handy little application for font workers -- run this and when it's done, the only foreground process you have left is the Finder, which means you can work freely within the Fonts folder. Shows how to kill processes safely, which isn't as easy as it looks even though we have other snippets to do this.
KillEveryOneButMe: This thing shows you how to kill all the other applications running on a machine for demos, school situations, kiosks, etc. PLEASE don't abuse this.
Launch Me: This code shows how to get one application to launch another application when there is not enough memory for both applications to be open at the same time. It will not fragment memory like having a second application would.
LaunchWithDoc: This is the smallest Launch application we could come up with; it launches an application with the 'odoc' (Open Documents) Apple event.
LaunchWithDoc2: Document-launching sample program Loosely based on C.K. Haun's LaunchWithDoc. This snippet includes some very useful routines.
LaunchWithSize: Will launch an application using a memory partition it sets rather than the one in the application's SIZE resource. Patches Get1Resource to watch for the SIZE resource and then changes it so that LaunchApplication creates a different size memory partition than what the app asked for. This is useful for multimedia developers who ship on CD ROM but want to adjust the size of their SIZE resource depending on available memory, CPU, etc.
Process: An MPW tool that prints information about all running processes under System 7.0.
quitapps: DTS Code Snippet to quit all running applications (except yourself)
SubLaunch: This sample application shows how to launch one application from another.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 92
Nov 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_102950.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
AlternateBufferDisplay: Shows that copybits along with offscreen bitmaps can emulate alternating buffer displays at a reasonable rate.
Band Copying, the Sequel: Under low memory conditions, it's often necessary to draw an image by individual bands rather than to draw the entire image at once, and in most cases this method works fine unless the image requires dithering from its source to its destination. The purpose of this app is to show the problem that may occur when copying these individual bands and to provide one possible solution.
CalcCMask & CalcMask: This snippet shows how to use both CalcCMask and CalcMask to create a mask given a source bitmap image. This is similar to the lasso tool found in many drawing apps.
ClutWind: Displays a window that shows the colors in the color table associated with the device the window is on top of.
CollectPictColors: This application demonstrates two methods of collecting colors used by Pict resources: the Picture Utilities package and Jon Zap's KnowsPict application. Each method gives different results.
Color Marquee: The proverbial marching ants, this time in red!
Color Picker: This app provides a quick example of how to change palette colors using the Color Picker Package. The program simply creates a palette, attaches it to a window, then calls color picker routines whenever a user clicks in the window to change a color
ColorizePict: Snippet to illustrate how to use CopyBits to colorize a picture. You select a foreground and background color, and copybits colorizes the picture.
Compressed PICT Info: This snippet shows how to use the StdPix proc to intercept and display the compression type and depth of any compressed PICT within a PICT resource.
CopyBits vs. CopyMask: This snippet drag races CopyBits (using a mask region) and CopyMask (using a mask BitMap). Which do you think is faster? The results may surprise you.
CopybitsSpeedPalette: This program demostrates ways to increase copybits speed when using palettes.
CopyDeepMask: This program demonstrates the use of CopyDeepMask using 2 PICTS (one a photograph and the other a triangular mask). It uses 2 offscreen gworlds to hold the source and mask pixmaps. CopyDeepMask is then used to create the masked image and display it in the application window. The source, mask, and destination rectangles are all the same size in order to avoid altering pixel sizes.
CopyMask: Shows how CopyMask can used to fade a screen to a lighter color.
Custom PicComments/Bottlenecks: This sample groups a bunch of pictures together and takes them apart using PicComments and a QuickDraw bottleneck procedure. It's an example of how to store and retrieve custom PicComments, among other things.
• Example of custom PicComment usage with unique identifiers. {-> CustomPicProc, CompositePictures <-}
• Example of a custom QuickDraw bottleneck procedure which works in both GrafPorts and CGrafPorts. {-> DisassemblePictures <-}
• Example of finding the deepest device and placing a window on it.
DeepScreen Picker: This sample shows how to slam and center the Color Picker dialog onto the deepest device when 32 Bit QuickDraw is not available.
Direct Pixel Access: This snippet shows one example of how to directly change the pixel values stored in a pixel image.
DirectSetEntries: This sample demonstrates the use of DirectSetEntries to remap colors on a direct device.
DrawLine: This snippet shows how to use the QuickDraw pattern modes to invert the intersection of two colored lines.
FindFamilies: An MPW tool for examining font dependencies. You tell FindFamilies what installed font family you're interested in, and it finds all the bitmap and outline fonts referenced by that family and tells you what other families also reference them. Helps to check "Style-linking" so you can see that the plain variant of "MyFont Bold" is really also the bold variant of "MyFont Plain", etc. Shows how to manipulate FOND resources and make the GetNextFOND call under System 7.1 and later.
GDevVideo: This code shows how to get the parameters out of GDevice records.
GrayishOutline: This snippet was written in reply to a developer question on how to draw the "best possible gray" across several screens of various depth (see the related Q&A in a recent d e v e l o p near you).
icl8 To cicn: This snippet converts a 'icl8' and 'ICN#' resource to a 'cicn' resource.
Icon Display: A Think C project that shows how to display the pure pixel data in icnX families.
IconDimming: This snippet shows two different ways to achieve a dimming effect on icons. The first method uses a custom color search procedure, and in the second method the RGB components of the icon's colortable entries are all dimmed before the image is copied.
Imageer 1.0.0d3: The current release of Imageer is a basic image manipulation application which is designed to show how both Color QuickDraw and QuickDraw GX can be integrated into a single application with each document window supporting either technology.
MakeIcon: This program shows how to take any size pixmap and create any size or depth icon.
MakeITable: This sample application shows how to manipulate a GDevice’s inverse table.
Marquee: Demonstrates marching ants (the scrolling dashed lines used in a selection rectangle).
MyDeviceLoop: This snippet shows how to write a device loop that works under both System 7 and pre-7.0 systems. It installs a device loop procedure that searches all active screen devices, calling a drawing procedure whenever it encounters a screen that intersects the drawing region.
NewCCursor: This snippet shows how to create a black and white 'CURS' and a color 'crsr' cursor resource by hand.
Out of This GWorld: The application basically uses offscreen GWorlds and palette animation to simulate totally cool animation.
Palette Animation and Palette Animation Gray: These sample applications show how to animate the entries of a palette.
Pallete DA: This desk accesory displays the the current color table and palette information associated with it.
PictInfoTest: Sample to demonstrate using the Picture Utilities Package
PixMap2PixPat2ppat: This snippet shows how to convert a 'icl8' image to a PixMap image and then to a PixPat and then finally to a 'ppat' resource. In this example, the 'ppat' resource is saved-off into a resource file.
QuickDraw‚Ñ¢ FX: A demo of every CopyBits permutation you can imagine, and then some.
Record•RetrievePictInfo: This snippet shows how to retrieve the colortable from multiple PICT resources using the System 7 calls RecordPictInfo and RetrievePictInfo.
Restore Screen Cluts: This snippet shows how to restore all the screen’s color tables back to what they normally are using two different methods.
Rotate Bitmap 90°: Shows a fast way to rotate bitmaps by 90 degrees.
RotateString: This contains the code for rotating a string 90 degrees. Just call RotateString and you get back a BitMap containing the rotated text.
Rubber Bandit: This silly little app demonstrates how to do rubber-banding in a dialog using srcXOr mode.
Save PICT file: Creates a QuickDraw PICT and saves it as a PICT file, including the required header of 512 bytes of nothing important.
ScreenDump: This snippet shows how to dump an area of the screen to a PicHandle
SearchProcs & Color Separation: This snippet shows how to create and install your own custom search procedure. In this example, the searchProc performs RGB color separation.
SeedCFill Example: This snippet shows how to use the SeedCFill routine.
Snapshot: This program demonstrates how to easily capture the main screen's desktop image into your own window.
TE Over Background: This sample shows how to use TextEdit over a background GWorld without those nasty white patches. The trick is to patch the bottlenecks for the port so that when TextEdit erases it just copies your bits rather than erasing.
Thumbnail Test: a routine to illustrate the use of copybits to generate thumbnail images
TickAnimate: Sample of how to use ticks to synchronize drawing to the screen.
TranslateRotate: This MPW Tool demonstrates the use of the Fixed and Frac types to perform simple 2D translation and rotation.
txRatio PICT: Creates a PICT file with a PICT containing the txRatio opcode. Someone wanted such a picture, so this is how to create one.
ZoomRecter: This snippet shows how to do "Finder" style zooming between two rectangles. The boolean flag "kZoomLarger" controls the proportional direction of the zooming.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 94
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_103289.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
MovieToAIFF: This app demonstrates various ways to use Movie Export Component to export QuickTime movie files into AIFF files.
VDTextSample: This snippet shows you how to draw and erase text to the video preview image without causing flickers on the screen. It only works with 'vdig's that support key color.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 92
Nov 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_103839.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
2BufRecord&Play: This application uses double buffering for both recording and playback.
2BufRecordBufferCmd: This application records the sound into two buffers and as one buffer is recording the other buffer is played using bufferCmd.
2BufRecordSndPlay: This application records the sound into two buffers and as one buffer is recording the other buffer is played using SndPlay.
BufCallback: This code demonstrates the use of a call back routine with the sound manager. All it does is play a sound with bufferCmd and then wait for the call back routine to be called. When the routine is called the app goes back to the event loop.
Cheap Studio: This sample shows how to use the SndPlayDoubleBufferand Record to disk examples to make a program that plays and records at the same time.
ClickSound: A simple sound producer.
Double Buffer: This sample application shows how to play sounds using double buffering.
EasyPlayRecord: This simple application demonstrates the use of SnStartFileplay at the same time as doing simple recording. The sound file is a AIFF file. The sound will continue to play until it is done. When the recording is stopped the recorded sound will be played over the currently playing sound.
EnableSoundThrough: This application, written in THINK Pascal, demonstrates how to enable input sound playthrough. On a Macintosh LC, enabling playthrough kills sound output; on a Macintosh si, you can play back at the same time.
FreqForEverChange: This sample application shows how to play a sound and how to alter its frequency.
GiMeDaPalette w/Sound: This is the original version of GiMeDaPalette with a change to make it possible to play a sound at the same time as the colors are being animated.
MeterTest: This snippet demonstrates record metering through the use of SPBGetDeviceInfo() and SPBSetDeviceInfo() using the siLevelMeterOnOff selector.
MultiPlay: This sample application shows how to play a sound several times in a row.
RecordToFile: This app builds an AIFF file (actually it rebuilds a file which is selected). Then it records to the file with the low level sound input calls. When the recording is done, the code make sure that the AIFF header is correct and then plays the sound back with SndStartFilePlay.
Record sound to disk: Shows how to record sound asynchronously to disk and how to deal with errors gracefully.
SampleRateAvail: This snippet checks for the number of sample rates available ona given Mac and lists those rates.
SampleSndPlay: This sample application shows how to use SndStartFilePlay.
SetSoundInput: This application demonstrates how to set the sound input rate manually in order to record at the highest possible sound quality.
SndForEver: This application demonstrates how to play a 'snd ' resource that has a loop in it.
SndPlayDoubleBuffer: Shows how to play sounds using SndPlayDoubleBuffer.
Sound Input: SoundInputSample demonstrates the right way to set up the Sound Input Driver to record sound. In the past, developers have assumed that the state of Sound Input was always the same. Newer Macintoshes, especially the PowerPC models, may have different settings so it is important to setup Sound Input correctly each time you use it.
SoundConvert: SoundConvert demonstrates some of the new features in Sound Manager 3.2. The application allows you to read AIFF and AIFC sound files and convert them to any combination of sample rate, sample size, number of channels and format/compression type.
SoundLevel: A simple application that meters the sound input level on the microphone using a display much like a VCR peak-hold bar meter.
Speech Recognition sample: This sample, which uses Speech Recognition Manager, provides a flexible framework for basing other applications on this code.
SquareWave: These snippets show how to use waveTableSynth and squareWaveSynth.
'vox ' recording: This application uses Quad buffering for both recording and playback. The recording is done with vox recording on, so it only records sound which is at least of a certain level.
WaveTable Sounds: These snippets show how to use waveTableSynth and squareWaveSynth.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>
Nov 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_104007.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
AE/EM trapping 1.0.1: Some MacsBug macros that allow you to break on AppleEvent and Edition Manager PACK calls.With these macros you can type 'atb AESend' (or any other AppleEvent or Edition Manager call) and you will break when the call is made.
Audit: Audit is a small library of functions that provide an unobtrusive event tracing capability to applications, drivers, code-resources, call-backs, and any other "flavor" of Macintosh software.
BusErrorTest: Shows how to replace the 68K bus error vector—very useful for testing.
DebuggerPresence: This is a small snippet of code that can be used to to detect if macsbug is installed or not. NOTE: This code is intended to only work with version 6.2 of macsbug. You should refer to your Low Level Debugger's manual for more information.
Fill Memory: This is a debugging aid. It fills its memory partition and verifies that it does not get changed. This allows you verify that your application does not write into the memory space of other applications.
Gestalt dcmd: This dcmd (debugger command for MacsBug) allows you to “use” Gestalt when you're in MacsBug. You can either ask for a particular selector (ie. evnt) or ask for all (no arguments). The response is either a string (when the selector is known) or the numeric value returned by Gestalt.
Heap Purge dcmd: Simulates TMON’s heap purge in MacsBug.
Time Manager Debugging: Add this resource file to your MacsBug "Debugger Prefs" file and you'll have the TMTask record defined, a macro TMQ to see the time manager queue item by item, and a dcmd TM that will list all the currently installed time manager tasks.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 94
May 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_104424.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
ChangeTextStyleRec: A utility routine that can simplify the process of modifying a TextStyle record to change a font, style, or type size.
NamingTableAccess: NamingTableAccess is a Pascal Unit, and a small application demonstrating its usage. It helps dig out the contents of the NamingTable in a TrueType 'sfnt'
strlist: A string list library. See "strlist.txt" for details.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 92
May 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_104560.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
AddResMenu7.1: In System 7.1 AddResMenu doesn't alphabatize anything but FONT resource names. This snippet includes a function which you can use in your applications to get the same functionality as AddResMenu under systems before 7.1.
BigScrolling: This snippet demonstrates the basics of creating and tracking a scroll bar.
Calc ControlRgn: A snippet that shows how to call a CDEF to have it return the Control's Region. Works for both PowerPC and 68K code.
ColorCDEF: This working sample defproc emulates the features of the standard button control for system software 7.0 on the macintosh.
ColoredCheckBox: This app demonstrates how to create a check box on a gray window background. The key to this is making sure that the background color for the window is set.
CustomIcon: This snippet shows how to use custom document icons in an application. The correct procedure for doing this is to add the Icon family to the document and set bit 10 of the finder info.
DateThing: A sample of how to write one of those date things as in the General control panel.
Dialog popups: snippet to demonstrate the use of the system 7 popup control cdef in modal dialogs
DialogBits: This sample application shows how to deal with many of the most commonly asked questions about the Dialog Manager.
DragWindow INIT: DragWindow INIT is an INIT which allows you to drag a whole window under the Finder, not just the outline.
DragWindowGrid: Shows how to write a replacement DragWindow routine that constrains the window to a grid.
FindSysFolder: In this code, the FindSysFolder returns the real vRefNum and dirID of the current System Folder. It uses the Folder Manager, if possible, or falls back to SysEnvirons.
GetDragHiliteColor: This shows how to obtain the color that the Drag Manager uses to hilite regions when ShowDragHilite is called. Please note this is only how it's done presently. Since it is undocumented it can and will change in the future.
GridWindowGrow: This snippet shows how to grow a window constrained to a grid (i.e. only allow a window to grow or shrink by 30 pixels, or whatever).
HideMenuBar: This snippet shows how to hide the menu bar by simply creating a window with a visRgn that includes the entire main screen's gray region and its menu bar.
icon cache demo: This sample demonstrates the use of an icon cache to limit the search for icon resource to one resource file. It does this by installing an icon getter function into the cache which calls Get1(Ind)Resource instead of the usual GetResource.
Icon play: snippet to demonstrate the use of the system 7 icon utilities and the system 7 popup control cdef in a program using modal dialogs
IconUtilCheck: This snippet shows how to determine whether the Icon Utilities are available.
ictbSample: This snippet shows the an example of Item Color Table Resource (ictb)resource this is discussed in Inside Macintosh:Macintosh Toolbox Essentials, page 6-158 t0 6-164. It is based on the Dialog Manager Q&A technote.
The Item Color Table Resource is difficult to do by hand. This sample shows how one is done and is carefully documented. It show how to use different color and font in EditText items. It also show how to use color in buttons.
ItemHider: Two sample applications, in both MPW and Turbo Pascal® versions, show how to hide editText fields in a dialog.
jGNEFilter: This snippet is a sample GetNextEvent filter which uses the JGNEFilter mechanism described in Tech Note #85 "GetNextEvent: Blinking Apple Menu".
kcapApp: Demonstration keyboard drawing from KCAP resource. The DrawKeyCaps function draws the key caps, given a set of modifiers (in the high byte of the modifier short parameter) and KCHR and KCAP resource IDs, using the current pen in the current GrafPort .
KeyMapTest: Shows how to interpret the results of GetKeys.
ListInDialog: A snippet that shows how to put a List Manager list in a dialog. It's easy, just create the list right after you create the dialog, then call LUpdate and LClick in a dialog filter to respond to user events.
MDEF.Sample: An MDEF written in Pascal that supports rez MENU templates and allows you to request the use of the Shift-Command symbol (made famous by our friends to the North).
Menu 'cicn' Fun: This snippet demonstrates 'cicn's in menu items. It's an unfortunately little-known fact that 'cicn's can be many sizes, and not only that, but that any size 'cicn' can be put into a menu item. It's probably not good HI to put in 'cicn's of sizes other than 32x32 or 16x16; happily, this covers the sizes developers want most.
MenuHook/MBarHook exposed: Installs routines called when a menu is pulled down and when the mouse is down in the menu bar. Inverts the region underneath the menu so you can graphically see the results, as well as flashes status indicators. Can mess up your desktop (but only visually).
Modal TextEdit: This snippet shows the steps necessary to implement a scrolling, editable text field in a modal dialog.
Modeless Dialog Sample: A sample application showing how to implement a modeless dialog with a couple of controls. Compiles with the PowerPC Universal interfaces for both 68K and PowerPC applications, which you can get from a Developer CD or AppleLink.
MovableModal: A small sample showing one way of implementing Movable Modal dialogs in a 7.0 or later application.
NoResDialog: OK, so despite all your planning, you still think you may need to create dialogs on the fly , without having any resource templates available for the DITL. This small sample creates a dialog with an OK button witha border around it, all with in-memory data structures. Just look at the function NoResDialog(...), and you'll see.
NoSound: This small app, placed in your Startup Items folder, quiets the startup sound by installing a Shutdown procedure that saves the current volume setting and sets the volume to 1. On the following startup, the saved setting is restored, and the Shutdown procedure is re-installed for next time. And so on...
Notification Hacks: A collection of sick Notification Manager hacks.
OpenWindow: Shows basic initialization calls and how to open a window for drawing.
OtherResInfo-MungeDeamon: This sample demonstrates how to use a background-only application and AppleEvents to safely open and query another application's (or other file's) resource fork.
Password: This is a simple demo of three ways to implement a password dialog, where characters typed are not drawn; instead, anonymous characters such as bullets are drawn, keeping the password secure.
PBAllocate: This MPW tool shows how to work around a bug in PBAllocate.
PopUpMenuWithCurFont: PopUpMenuSelectWithCurFont demonstrates which low memory globals (and possibly even nastier things) one must twiddle in order to control the font used by MDEF 0 during PopUpMenuSelect. Note that aside from the compatibility code associated with HOSTED_BY_FONT_MISCREANT, this code roughly parallels what the popup menu CDEF (ID 63) does.
PowerMacOr68K: This snippet shows how to determine whether you are running on a Power Macintosh or on a 680x0 Macintosh. It also provides a method for determine exactly which type of processor is running. This works around an off-by-one error with gestaltNativeCPUType.
Prefs: This Think C application displays a sample preferences dialog containing edit text, radio buttons, and a file selection button, and demonstrates storage of the item settings in a preferences file.
ProgressBars 1.0: ProgressBars is a bares bones application that demonstrates two implementations of the progress bars found in many Macintosh applications, namely the standard progress bar and the barber pole.
readLocation: This snippet shows how to retrieve the Map control panel settings for longitude and latitude and the time offset from GMT
Reinstallable: Usually, when an INIT patches a trap, changing the INIT requires reinstalling the INIT in the Extensions folder and rebooting. This snippet demonstrates a technique which allows new INIT code to replace most of the old code without the developer having to reboot.
ReKeyTrans: Shows how to use the Script Manager and KCHRs to call KeyTrans.
RequiredFinderColors: Under system 7, the finder requies certain colors for the desktop icons to be displayed in their color versions. This snippet shows which colors are needed in the system color table.
ROMResourceDump 1.0d1: This little utility copies all of the resources in the Macintosh's ROM into a file called "ROM Resource Dump File". This is useful for the insanely curious, those with a professional "need to know" (like DTS engineers), and as a trivial Resource Manager sample.
Scrap Parsing: An example of how to parse the scrap in memory.
SetIndString: This C function takes the same parameters as GetIndString but does the opposite: it sets a particular STR# string to the string that’s passed in.
ShadingWinds: This little application includes code to allow you to detect whether or not a window is "rolled up" by WindowShade.
SICN LDEF: This LDEF displays small icons to the left of text in a list.
SignatureToApp: A function that finds an application on any mounted (non-floppy) disk given its 4-character signature. It will also launch or activate the application if told to.
Splasher: A very simple application that displays a "modal" window that goes away as soon as you click the mouse or press a key. This is how many splash screens behave -- but as long as the window is displayed, the Process Manager won't switch your application from being frontmost.
Sys7 popUpCDEF: A simple example of using the PopupCDEF available in System 7 and later.
Tabs LDEF 1.0: Tabs LDEF is a custom list definition which allows developers to easily create multiple columned lists using different sizes.
TwoColumn LDEF: This LDEF looks for a comma in the text of each cell and draws the text that follows the comma half-way across the cell.
VertTest: This sample application shows how to get information from a 'vers' resource (see Technical Note #189).
WDEFColorSample: This sample shows how to obtain the colors that embellish System 7 window.
WDEFPatch: This snippet shows how you can add a simple extra part to an existing WDEF and be able to do hit testing on the part via FindWindow(). The extra part in this case is on the right side of the title bar, just to the left of where the zoombox would be. When hit, it inverts the window.
WindowColors: This application displays the default window colors stored in the System's 'wctb' resource. Note that this app is 7.0 only, since it only recognizes the 7.0 version of the resource.
ZoomWindow: Demonstrates how to properly zoom a window. It gives attractive results with most WDEFs because it uses the window’s structure region rather than just its portRect.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 92
May 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_104724.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Networking:SNMP:SNMP Development:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Contains documentation, header files and test utilities to enable developers to write SNMP agents. Support for the SNMP network management protocol. How to write an SNMP management agent for your application or service. Not just for networking but for all applications.
Requires: AppleTalk or TCP/IP networking connections
Issues: Redistribution license required from Apple if you want to ship the MacSNMP. No license required to ship SNMP agents by themselves
Keywords: SNMP, Network Management</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>AppleTalk MIB (RFC 1243) alias
AppleTalk SW for SNMP alias
Mac System MIB alias
MacSNMP demo and test:
MacSNMP Developer 1.0.2:
MacSNMP Programmer’s Guide
MacSNMP Transport 1.0.2:
Overview - SNMP Development
Overview - SNMP Development.txt
TCP/IP MIB-II (RFC 1213) alias</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_105179.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Apr 98 SDK2:Development Kits (Disc 2):SOMobjects‚Ñ¢ for Mac OS:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Apple has licensed and has ported IBM's SOMobjects technology to the Macintosh. SOMobjects is a multi-platform standard providing for system-level sharable objects in a language-neutral way. It also solves the "fragile base class" problem of object-oriented shared libraries, avoiding the need for client libraries to be recompiled when the base class they inherit from is in a different library and is changed.
To offer these benefits (multi-platform support and fragile base-class resolution) SOMobjects requires the use of an Interface Description Language (IDL) compiler as a first step in the development process. An MPW-hosted version of this compiler is now available.
SOMobjects runs on top of CFM, and thus is available for both 68K and native PowerPC Macintosh development. It is a foundation technology for OpenDoc.
SOMobjects‚Ñ¢ for Mac OS version 2.0.8 contains several bug fixes over version 2.0.7.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Documentation:
SOMobjects‚Ñ¢ - Read Me First
System Additions:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 96
Oct 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_105377.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Sound Manager:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>IMPORTANT INFO ABOUT SOUND MANAGER
QuickTime 3 now incorporates both the QuickTime VR and QuickDraw 3D technologies into one convenient package. In addition, the Sound Manager is also now part of the QuickTime 3 release. All of these technologies and their respective SDK components are integrated into the QuickTime 3 SDK.
The QuickTime 3 SDK is now a retail product. You can order the SDK through the Apple Store at:
http://www.apple.com/store
To get started, you can go to the Developers section of the QuickTime web-site where you will find many components of the SDK on-line at:
http://www.apple.com/quicktime/developers</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Check the QuickTime 3 SDK:
folder for more information:
integrated with QuickTime.:
•The Sound Manager is now fully:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 93
Oct 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_105575.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>A sound manager pre-mixer effect component shows how to look at and/or mofify the sound data for a particular sound channel before it gets to the mixer
Shows how to implement and use a pre-mixer component
Requires: Sound Manager 3.2
Keywords: pre-mixer component, vu-meter</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_105879.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:General tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: SourceObj reads a .c.o file and its corrosponding .c file and outputs a mixed listing of 68k assembly and C source code. Helps in writing better C/Pascal code by providing a way to view the output of MPW 68k compilers on a per source line basis. See the file "About SourceObj" for details.
<text>Dev.CD May 98 TC:Programs & Marketing:Market & Distribution Guides:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Apple Computer España has prepared this Guide with the aim of helping those Third Parties whose products are not yet distributed in Spain.
In this Guide you will find general information about Spain, and also on the position of Apple Computer España in the information technology sector. You fill also find all the information required to start marketing your products in Spain, as well as all the names of relevant companies, distributors, magazines, etc.
This Guide is divided into six parts: Spain, the information technology sector, Apple Computer España, Distribution Channels, events and Directory. The first five parts are of descriptive nature, whereas the latter indicates all the different names of contacts which we think might be of interest.
Requires: Adobe Acrobat Reader.</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Spain Distribution Guide</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_106710.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Speech Recognition Manager:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: We are pleased to provide you with version 1.5.1 of the Apple's Speech Recognition Manager. Version 1.5.1 of the Speech Recognition extension implements the second officially supported developer release of the Speech Recognition Manager.
The documentation included with this note, "Speech Recognition Manager" in the "Speech Recognition Manager Docs" folder, is an Adobe Acrobat file. The documentation describes version 1.5 (the previous release) of the Speech Recognition extension and the API and toolbox it embodies. In addition, the "Speech Recognition Manager Docs" folder contains a "What's new" readme file that describes the bug fixes and feature enhancements in version 1.5.1 (the new release) of the Speech Recognition extension.
Input from early adopters of Apple's speech recognition technology has contributed greatly to the Speech Recognition Manager API. If you find bugs in the extension or documentation, please use the Apple Bug Reporter stack. Include the version information in the problem description and send to:
Internet: apple.bugs@applelink.apple.com
AppleLink: APPLE.BUGS
See the document " READ ME FIRST!" for details.
Requirements: Power Macintosh computers with 16-bit sound-in running System 7.5 or later, and on PowerPC-based PowerBooks with 16-bit sound-in running System 7.5 or later.
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Speech Synthesis Manager:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This folder contains information that tells developers how to use Apple's English and Spanish text-to-speech software to let applications talk. You can find more information on Apple's web site at: <http://www.speech.apple.com/>
Along with this text-to-speech developer information, you should find a folder named "PlainTalk 1.5" that contains the "English Text-to-Speech" and "Mexican Spanish Text-to-Speech" installers. Apple's Installer scripts for text-to-speech make sure that the appropriate speech synthesizers are installed for the hardware and system software available. They also take care to remove the outdated versions of text-to-speech. There are currently four speech synthesizers, each with differing requirements. And there have been many previous configurations released, under a variety of names. So getting this right is no simple task. If you ship text-to-speech with your application, please take advantage of Apple's Installer scripts, either by directly licensing and including the "English Text-to-Speech" and/or "Mexican Spanish Text-to-Speech" installers (available both as disk images and as network/hard-disk installers) or by working from the source for the scripts, which is provided here.
Macintosh users can receive the system software that lets their Macintosh computers talk in any of three ways:
• It comes pre-installed on many Macintosh computers, but not all.
• Users can download Apple's PlainTalk "English Text-to-Speech" and "Mexican Spanish Text-to-Speech" software from Apple's web site.
• Developers can license this software for distribution with their applications. Contact Apple's licensing group for more information about licensing Apple software.
512-919-2645
AppleLink: SW.LICENSE
Internet: SW.LICENSE@applelink.apple.com
System requirements are as follows:
Mexican Spanish TTS:
System 7.0 or later
68020 or better, including PowerPC
1.3 MB RAM
MacinTalk 2:
System 6.0.7 or later
Any Mac CPU
150K RAM
MacinTalk 3:
System 7.0 or later
33MHz 68030 or faster, 68040, or PowerPC
300K RAM
MacinTalk Pro:
System 7.0 or later
68040 or PowerPC
1.5 MB RAM
For English TTS, you can look at it the other way around:
With System 6.0.7, 6.0.8 use MacinTalk 2.
With System 7 and 68040 or PowerPC use MacinTalk 3 and MacinTalk Pro.
With System 7 and 68030 of 33MHz or faster use MacinTalk 3.
With System 7 and a slower processor use MacinTalk 2.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Printing:STD File Saver 2.1.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: StdFileSaver is a sample print driver written in C. It's based upon the STD File Saver 1.1 sample in Pascal that has been the only print driver sample available since 1991. It writes to PICT resources, so it's not too useful as is, but illustrates what needs to be done with a minimum of extra gunk.
Changes since 2.0: Chooser support added. Bugs fixed. Save to PICT file as well as resouce.
Requires: MPW with SC. Can only be compiled for 68K.
Keywords: printers drivers sample code pict
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Object:
Read ME 2.0
Readme 2.1.1
SetupProj
Source:
StdFileSaver
wDev registration info</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol VIII
Nov 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_107969.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Developer Utilities:SWAt 2.0b6:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: SWAt is a tool that allows you to set several attributes of all Macintosh‚Ñ¢ Finder‚Ñ¢ related windows on a hard disk. The attributes currently configurable with SWAt are: Home window position, window stagger, uniform window dimensions, scroll bar position, and folder labels. This tool is designed to assist the CD producer in presenting a uniform look to all windows in the Finder.
Issues: SWAt is beta software, and is completely unsupported. Use at your own risk.
Keywords: CD, Finder Windows, Hack</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Read Me - SWAt 2.0b6
Read Me - SWAt 2.0b6.txt
SWAt
SWAt User Guide</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 94
Nov 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_108620.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:SyncCatch:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>SyncCatch is a debugging tool that catches synchronous File Manager and Device Manager requests made from code running as the result of an interrupt. If it catches one of these illegal synchronous requests, it drops into MacsBug with a message.
Requires: MacsBug
Keywords: Synchronous, Interrupt, Debug</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>SyncCatch.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 98
Oct 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_109209.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:MPW Related:Tags:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The Tags Suite is a collection of MPW tools that help navigate interactively in source code. You can quickly and easily locate the source definitions of subroutines, structs and RECORDs, global variables, and more.
Features: Capable of tagging thousands of items in {AIncludes}, {CIncludes}, and {PInterfaces}, as well as in your own code. Tags are easily updated when source is changed. Easy to use, integrated with MPW, fast.
Requires: MPW and some free disk space. This package is System 7.0 compatible.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>ATags
ATags Manual
ATags Manual.txt
CTags
Ctags Manual
Ctags Manual.txt
Findtag
Findtag Manual
Findtag Manual.txt
PopTag
PopTag Manual
PopTag Manual.txt
PTags
Ptags Manual
Ptags Manual.txt
READ ME
READ ME.txt
Sample Startup
Tags.Help</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol III
Jan 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_109995.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 2:Technical Publications:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary:
Apple's Developer Publications web site features improved access to Inside Macintosh, WebObjects documentation, hardware notes, and more. Look for new and updated Mac OS 8 and 9 documentation for Apple Help, Text Encoding Converter Manager, Icon Services, and Navigation Services, as well as a brand-new WebObjects 4 documentation set and updated documentation for Mac OS X.
From main index.html page, you can go directly to product-specific pages to read and search documents online, download documents in compatible compression formats, and order printed books. This main page also has links to other Apple resources—-such as develop, Technical Notes, and Technical Q&A's.
<text>Technical Publications: Function Index</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>10</id>
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 2:Technical Publications:FunctionIndex:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary:
The Function index provides links to function descriptions from Inside Macintosh and from new and revised Mac OS 8 documents. Note that QuickTime and Sound Manager functions are described in a separate Function Index.
The Function Index can be accessed through the Mac OS 8 Documentation product page.
Keywords: Function Index, Mac OS 8, Inside Mac.</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>A.html
AlphaSelector.html
B.html
C.html
D.html
E.html
F.html
FunctionIndex.html
G.html
H.html
I.html
J.html
K.html
L.html
M.html
N.html
O.html
P.html
Q.html
R.html
S.html
T.html
U.html
V.html
W.html
X.html
Y.html
Z.html</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 99
Sep 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_110536.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 2:Technical Publications:hardware:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary:
Complete Apple Hardware Developer Documentation area, where you'll find documentation that describes Macintosh computer hardware and software technologies.
-----------
What's New:
-----------
iMac Family Developer Note
--------------------------
This developer note provides technical information about the new iMac family of computers. The developer note includes information about:
-features
-compatibility issues
-internal logic
-I/O ports and built-in I/O devices
-RAM expansion
-system software
iBook Developer Note
-------------------
This developer note provides technical information about the iBook consumer portable and its features, which include a 300-MHz PowerPC processor, built-in Ethernet port and modem, and the optional AirPort Card wireless LAN module.
The developer note includes information about
-the features of the iBook
-compatibility issues
-the internal logic of the iBook
-the I/O ports and built-in I/O devices
-the RAM expansion DIMM
-the system software that comes with the iBook
Features:
Hardware Product list covered:
iMac
Servers
Printers
Device Services
Power Macintosh
Portables
68040 Macintosh Desktop
68040 Macintosh Portables
68030 and Earlier Deesktops
68030 and Earlier Portables
Keywords: Developer Notes, Hardware, Technical Publications, iMac, iBook, Power Macintosh, PowerBooks, Servers, Device Managers and Drivers, Updates, Printers, Desktops, Portables</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>AboutThisSite:
Developer_Notes:
DeviceManagers:
hardware.html
hardware2.html
images:
legacy:
Updates:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 98
Dec 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Revised since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_110658.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 2:Technical Publications:java:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary:
Collection of Java Developer Documentation.
Documentation topics include:
QuickTime For Java
Introduction to QuickTime for Java
Technical Overview
Cocoa
AppKit Reference
Enterprise Objects Framework
Foundation Reference
Java Tutorial
WebObjects and Java
Enterprise Objects Framework
Foundation Reference
Java Client
Mac OS Runtime for Java
MRJ Toolkit
JManager
JDirect
JBindery
Keywords: QuickTime For Java, Yellow Box and Java, AppKit Reference, Enterprise Objects Framework, Foundation Reference, Java Tutorial, WebObjects and Java, Enterprise Objects Framework, Foundation Reference Java Client, Mac OS Runtime for Java, MRJ Toolkit, JManager, JDirect, JBindery</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>images:
java.html
MacOSandJava:
pdf:
QTforJava:
WebObjectsandJava:
YellowBoxandJava:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 99
Dec 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Revised since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_110897.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 2:Technical Publications:macos8:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary:
Collection of Mac OS 8 and 9 books. You'll be able to access documentation for software technologies and programming interfaces supported by Mac OS 8 and 9 updates. Much of this information is also useful for programming in prior versions of the Mac OS.
----------------------
What's New and Updated
---------------------
[UPDATED] Programming with the Text Encoding Converter Manager
This document describes the Text Encoding Converter Manager through version 1.5. You will find it helpful to read "Programming With the Text Encoding Conversion Manager" if you develop Internet applications, such as Web browsers or e-mail applications; applications that transfer text across different platforms; or applications based in Unicode.
[NEW] Configuring Game Input Devices with InputSprocket
This preliminary document describes version 1.7 of the InputSprocket programming interface, which simplifies the configuration of game input devices such as joysticks or gamepads.
[NEW] Manipulating Displays Using DrawSprocket
This preliminary document describes version 1.7 of the
DrawSprocket programming interface, which simplifies display manipulations such as fading, blanking, selecting displays, and buffering.
[NEW] Simplifying Networked Gaming Using NetSprocket
This preliminary document describes version 1.7 of NetSprocket, which provides a simple programming interface for hosting or joining a networked game as well as for communicating with other networked players.
[UPDATED] Adding Multitasking Capability to Applications Using Multiprocessing Services
This document describes the Multiprocessing Services application programming interface through Multiprocessing Services 2.1. It contains conceptual information, programming examples, and a complete API
reference. New features in version 2.1 include support for kernel notifications and gestalt selectors to determine the presence of preemptive task–safe system software functions.
[NEW] Obtaining and Using Icons With Icon Services
This document describes the application programming interface for Icon Services, a Carbon-compliant replacement for the Icon Utilities API, and discusses how to create custom icons that are ready to use with Icon
Services.
[UPDATED] Programming With Navigation Services
This document describes Navigation Services through Navigation Services 2.0. It features an overview of Navigation Services, tutorials with sample code, and a complete reference chapter.
[NEW] Providing User Assistence With Apple Help
This document describes Apple Help for Mac OS 8.6. It discusses how you can use Apple Help to provide user assistance in a variety of ways, including HTML pages, Apple Guide coach sequences, QuickTime movies, and AppleScripts.
[UPDATED] Apple Type Services for Unicode Imaging Reference
This preliminary document describes the Apple Type Services for Unicode Imaging (ATSUI) programming interface and is updated for ATSUI 1.2. New features in ATSUI 1.2 include native support for all flavors of
Postscript Type 1 fonts, a linguistically based breakline, and added tab character handling.
This document describes the NSL Manager through version 1.1. It provides an overview of the NSL architecture, information about the NSL plug-ins that locate services, reference material for calling the NSL Manager functions, and guidelines for writing an NSL plug-in.
[NEW] Date & Time API Documentation
This preliminary document describes the Date & Time functionality introduced with Mac OS 9. Beginning with Mac OS 9, by default, dates are now displayed and entered in the Date & Time control panel using four-digit rather than two-digit centuries. Other Mac OS 9 functionalty
discussed includes changes to the date range that allow the system clock to break the 2040 barrier, support for higher system clock precision, and functions for conversion between UTC ("Coordinated Universal Time") and Macintosh local time.
[NEW] Font Management for Carbon 1.0 and Mac OS 9
This preliminary document describes the Font Management API that has been added to the Font Manager with Mac OS 9 and Carbon 1.0. Features discussed include support for enumerating fonts and font families, accessing information about fonts and font families, accessing font data, creating and managing a basic font menu, activating and deactivating fonts, and notifying cli
[NEW] Multilingual Text Editor
Multilingual Text Editor (MLTE) supplies a programming interface for creating and editing Unicode text documents. MLTE is similar to TextEdit, however MLTE provides enhanced facilities such as document-wide tabs,
full justification of text, support for more than 32K of text, drag and drop support, built-in scroll bar handling and printing support, support for inline input, support for advanced ATSUI font features, and support for one level of undo. This preliminary document describes MLTE functionality through version 1.1.
[NEW] FontSync 1.0
This preliminary document describes FontSync 1.0 functionality. Features discussed include font references; FontSync profiles; functions for iterating, identifying, and matching fonts on a host system; and functions for building font menus and other font selection human
interface parts.
[NEW] File Manager for Mac OS 9
This preliminary document describes the File Manager application programming interfaces introduced in Mac OS 9. These interfaces allow your application to access files larger than 2GB and use long Unicode filenames. The Mac OS 9 File Manager programming interfaces are emulated
for volume formats that don't support these interfaces directly.
Documentation topics included in the Mac OS library:
Human Interface Toolbox:
Appearance Manager
Control Manager
Dialog Manager
Human Interface Guidelines
Icon Services and Utilities [New]
List Manager
Menu Manager
Window Manager
Files:
Alias Manager
Disk Initialization Manager
File Manager [New]
Finder Interface
Folder Manager
Navigation Services [Updated]
Resource Manager
Translation Manager
Help Systems:
Apple Guide
Apple Help [New]
Help Manager
Networking and Communications:
AppleShare
Communications Toolbox
Network Services Location (NSL) Manager [Updated]
Open Transport
URL Access Manager
Utilities:
Collection Manager
Control Panels
Control Strip Services
Location Manager
Mathematical and Logical Utilities
Power PC Numerics
Multimedia and Graphics:
Apple Game Sprockets [New]
Color Picker Manager
ColorSync Manager
Cursor Utilities
Display Manager
Offscreen Graphics Worlds
Palette Manager
Picture Utilities
Printing Manager
QuickDraw
QuickDraw 3D
QuickTime
Sound Manager
Speech Manager
Development Tools:
MacApp
Macintosh Programmer's Workshop(MPW)
MacsBug
ResEdit
Search Technologies:
Apple Information Access Toolkit(AIAT)
Find By Content / Sherlock
Text and Other International Services:
Apple Type Services for Unicode Imaging (ATSUI)[Updated]
Updated conceptual and reference documentation for Mac OS X Server and Yellow Box.
What's New/Updated:
AppKit
The Application Kit is a framework containing all the objects you need to implement your graphical, event-driven user interface.
Foundation
The Foundation Framework defines a base layer of Objective-C classes for OpenStep. In addition to providing a set of useful primitive object classes, it introduces several paradigms that define functionality not covered by the Objective-C language.
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 2:Technical Publications:webobjects:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Collection of WebObjects 4 Developer Documentation. Documentation not directly accessible from this CD is located on the WebObjects product CD.
Features: Documentation topics included:
Understanding WebObjects:
Getting Started With WebObjects: A Tutorial
Creating a Java Client Application: A Tutorial
WebObjects Developer's Guide
EOF Developer's Guide
Mac OS X:
Foundation Reference(Java)
Foundation Reference(Objective-C)
Using WebObjects:
WebObjects Tools and Techniques
EOF Tools and Techniques
Serving WebObjects
Java Framework Reference:
WebObjects
EOAccess
EOControl
EOInterface
InformixEOAdaptor
ODBCEOAdadptor
OracleEOAdaptor
SybaseEOAdaptor
Release Notes:
WebObjects
Enterprise Objects Framework
Post-Install Guide
What's New in WebObjects 4.0
What's New in EOF 3.0
Objective-C Framework Reference
Keywords: WebObjects, WebObjects 4, Mac OS X Server, Web Objects</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>frametest.js
frametest_more.js
images:
pdf:
System:
updates.html
webobjects.html
webobjects36.gif</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 99
Dec 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Revised since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_112679.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Development Kits:Mac OS:Text Encoding Converter 1.5:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Text Encoding Converter allows you to convert text from one encoding to another, including Unicode.
Features
• Improved booting and initialization, especially on localized systems.
• Improved locking tables for use at interrupt level.
• Caches common converter objects for performance.
• Added new API, UCGetCharProperty, for retrieving Unicode character properties.
• Added new option kUnicodeTextRunHeuristics for finer control over conversion involving runs of multiple character sets.
• Added new API, NearestMacTextEncodings, which returns the Mac OS encoding(s) whose repertoire is closest to the specified encoding.
• Encoding names may now be retrieved in Unicode.
• Added new API, TECSetBasicOptions, which allows some low-level Unicode converter options to be set for conversions performed with the high-level converter.
• TEC now does better validation of input for Japanese encodings.
• TEC now does a better job of handling characters that are in MacJapanese but not in Shift JIS.
• The HZ converter now handles the tilde-tilde and tilde-linefeed combinations correctly.
• The alias "CN-GB" has been added for "EUC-CN" and "GB2312".
• Support has been added for the encodings ISO 8859-3, ISO 8859-4, ISO 8859-15, Windows CP 1257, Windows CP 1258. Limited support has been added for the Mac OS Tibetan encoding.
• Various mappings for CJK encodings were improved.
• Added loose mappings for variant forms of Han characters (e.g., simplified vs. traditional), yielding fewer missing characters in some conversions.
• Added Euro to Mac Cyrillic and Ukrainian encodings.
• Added conversion from arbitrary Unicode to maximally decomposed Unicode.
• Improved multiple script runs and long digit sequences.
• Improved building conversions involving Unicode variants, including UTF-8.
Requires: Mac OS 7.6.1 or later
Keywords: Text Encoding Converter, TEC, Unicode, charset, character encoding, MIME</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>------------->:
----------->:
68K Static Libraries:
Documentation:
Headers:
Place in Extensions Folder:
Place in System Folder:
Read Me
Sample Code:
Stub Libraries:
Text Encoding Converter
Text Encodings:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 97
Dec 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Revised since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_113066.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Development Kits:C++ Related:THooks:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: Ever wanted to patch a trap from a high-level language? Now you can! THooks is a C++ class which makes it easy to head-patch Macintosh traps from the comfort and safety of a high level language. The THooks class takes care of the messy details; leaving you free to concentrate on your own program.
Requires: MPW C++. This package is System 7.0 compatible.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>build
Hooks.cp
Hooks.cp.o
Hooks.h
TestHooks
TestHooks.cp
TestHooks.cp.o
TestHooks.make
TestHooks.makeout
THooks Documentation
THooks Documentation.txt</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol III
Vol VII
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_113267.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Development Kits:Mac OS:Thread Manager:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The Thread Manager is a System 7 Extension which allows applications to make use of multithreading within their application context on all Macintosh platforms. Version 2.1 supports both 68K and PowerPC applications.
Thread Manager Features:
• The Thread Manager is supported by Apple Computer
• Is a real live Macintosh Toolbox Manager, supported in System Software.
• Allows an application process to be broken into simple
subprocesses that proceed concurrently in the same overall application context.
• Easy-to-use™ programming interface
• Documentation is less than 2" thick
• Fast context switch times (does not BlockMove thread stacks like the old Threads library does)
• You can pass parameters on the stack (due to the above reason)
• Threads can have custom in/out context handlers
• Useful sample code provided
• Useful sample libraries provided
• Useful debugging tools provided
Requirements: Runs on Macintosh Plus and newer under System 7 (7.0, 7.0.1, 7.1, etc.) System 7.1 or later recomended. The Thread Manger is built into System 7.5 and later systems so the extension is not needed.
Issues: Read the file 'Software Licensing Info' for information on contacting the Apple Computer, Inc. Software Licensing Group.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Toolbox:Ticket to Program 1.0:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This program illustrates the the use of menus, windows, and alerts. It shows how to create alerts, draw 5 different window types, hierarchical and PopUp menus, and how to add, toggle and set the style for menu items.
Requires: Written in Think C 4.0
This package is System 7.0 compatible.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Ticket to Program
Ticket to Program Proj
Ticket to Program Proj.Rsrc
Ticket to Program.c
Ticket to Program.h</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol IX
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_113834.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>This update to Toolbox assistant includes the following QuickView databases:
NOTE: We have released the databases below as standalone products, without an updated Routines A ... Z and Mgr. page.
Advanced Color Imaging Assistant: This set of three QuickView databases provide conceptual information for working with color in your application, including sample code, as well as a reference to the Palette Manager, Color Picker Manager, ColorSync Manager, and Color Manager. Advanced Color Imaging Assistant has been revised for version 2.1 of the ColorSync Manager and includes hypertext links to new and revised material.
Apple Game Sprockets: This QuickView database includes the set of new APIs to make game programming for the Macintosh easy. The four sprockets documented in this QuickView database include SoundSprocket, DrawSprocket, InputSprocket, and NetSprocket. Some of the APIs for these sprockets are for new functionality and others make APIs that already existed in the MacOS more accessible.
Speech Recognition Manager: This QuickView database documents the speech recognition services for Macintosh computers.
Inside Macintosh: Telephony: This QuickView Database describes the Telephone Manager, the part of the Macintosh system software that you can use to develop applications and other software that provide telephony capabilities (that is, capabilities that allow you to manage telephones, and in particular to establish or control connections between telephones on a telephone network). You can use the Telephone Manager to develop a wide range of applications, including screen-based telephone dialers, computer-based answering-machines, call forwarders, and so forth.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text> Read Me First!
Adv Color Imaging on the Mac OS:
Apple Game Sprockets:
IM-Telephony:
Speech Recognition:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_113981.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>TPIFile is a sample TPI module that lets you open a “TPIFile” endpoint, connect that endpoint to a Mac OS file using an FSSpec, and then read that file using standard Open Transport API calls (eg OTRcv).
Requires: Open Transport 1.1.1 or higher
Keywords: Open Transport, STREAMS, module, driver, asynchronous I/O</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_114386.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:General tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: PowerTracer is a system ATrap and PowerPC function tracing and timing tool. Its objective is to show calling patterns and timing information for the Macintosh Toolbox. PowerTracer patches a very large list of system ATraps as well as functions in the PowerPC public interface library. The tool configures itself appropriately on 68k machines as well as PowerPC machines.
Features: PowerTracer gives detailed trace output information including the execution architecture for each system function (i.e. 68k or PowerPC), execution architecture for the caller of a system function, and interrupt information. Trace information is collected in RAM and spooled to disk asynchronously.
Keywords: Optimization, Power Macintosh, PowerPC, Toolbox
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>General tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jul 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_114477.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>This package contains a number of routines that are helpful in installing traditional Mac OS device drivers (of type 'DRVR'). TradDriverLoaderLib mimics the API (application programming interface) of the PCI DriverLoaderLib library as much as possible, which makes TradDriverLoaderLib easier to use in an environment supporting both PCI native drivers (of type 'ndrv') and traditional Mac OS drivers.</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Sample Code.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Sep 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_114879.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>This sample demonstrates how to use OTTransferProviderOwnership to transfer the ownership of an Open Transport provider (eg an endpoint) between Open Transport clients. In this example, an endpoint is transferred between a shared library and an application that calls that shared library. The code from this sample is featured in the latest release (v1.2) of the book “Inside Macintosh: Open Transport”.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Hardware tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: An application which provides various test video and audio patterns. This includes color bars, gray scale and concentric ring patterns.
Features: All adjustable parameters are held in the resource fork. ResEdit templates and "Types.r" fragments are included to make the resource work friendly.
Requires: Normal Macs, System 6.0.7 or better. Works well on system 7 but there is no Apple event awareness.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Hardware tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol XI
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_98705.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:What's New:Sample Code:Text:TypeServicesForUnicode:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>TypeServicesForUnicode is a sample application, provided with its source code files, which illustrate the new Apple Type Services for Unicode Imaging (ATSUI) technology introduced in Mac OS‚Ñ¢ 8.5.
The provided examples go from very simple to rather complex in increasing order of difficulty.
Ideally, developers will learn most of what they need of ATSUI by just reading the source code.
The features are ATSUI features: multiple styles, arbitrary angles, broken hilighting, hit testing, fractional justification, etc.
Requirements: Mac OS‚Ñ¢ 8.5 and later
Keywords: Unicode Imaging Text Type Bi-directional Rotation Double-byte</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>More ATSUI:
Read Me, please...
SampleWindows.cp
SampleWindows.h
SomeUnicodeStuff.cp
SomeUnicodeStuff.h
TypeServicesForUnicode
TypeServicesForUnicode.cp
TypeServicesForUnicode.h
TypeServicesForUnicode.mcp
TypeServicesForUnicode.rsrc
WindowUtilities.cp
WindowUtilities.h</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>New on this CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_115538.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>TypeServicesForUnicode is a sample application, provided with its source code files, which illustrate the new Apple Type Services for Unicode Imaging (ATSUI) technology introduced in Mac OS‚Ñ¢ 8.5. The provided examples go from very simple to rather complex in increasing order of difficulty. Ideally, developers will learn most of what they need of ATSUI by just reading the source code.
The features are ATSUI features: multiple styles, arbitrary angles, broken hilighting, hit testing, fractional justification, etc.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Files:UnmountIt 1.2:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: UnmountIt lets you easily unmount and eject sharable volumes when Macintosh File Sharing is in use. UnmountIt demonstrates how to user server control calls to control AppleShare/File Sharing, how to drop volumes on an application icon, and how to unmount and eject a disk.
All Metrowerks Pascal source code included.
Requires: Metrowerks Pascal 6
Keywords: AppleShare, File Sharing, File Manager, Drag and Drop</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>MW UnmountIt.π
ServerControlIntf.p
UnmountIt
UnmountIt Read Me
UnmountIt.p
UnmountIt.rsrc</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_68207.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Aug 99 TC:What's New?:Development Kits:Mac OS:URL Access 1.0.1 SDK:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>URL Access - A collection of functions allowing easy access to files on network systems using URLs to reference the remote sources. Support is provided for ftp, http, and file URLs.
Download data from a given URL
Upload data to a given URL (FTP only)
Post an HTML form
Download a directory listing (FTP only)
Download/Upload an entire directory (FTP only)
Progress and authentication UI
Requires: MacOS 8.6
The SSL code in URL Access uses 40-bit encryption. This is exportable.
Keywords: URL Access, Internet, IP</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>URL Access
URL Access Scripting
URLAccess.h
URLAccess.p
URLAccess.pdf
URLAccess68K.lib
URLAccessLib
URLAccessLib.o</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Aug 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_116575.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>This package contains AppleShare 3.6.5, Disk Copy, Disk First Aid, Drive Setup, and Simple Text as shipped with Mac OS 8.6 International version.
Keywords: Disk, Drive Setup, Aid
Keywords: utilities</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>5xxx/6xxx Tester 1.1:
About the Utilities
Acrobat Reader 4.0.1:
AppleShare 3.6.5:
Disk Copy:
Disk First Aid
Drive Utilities:
HyperCard Player:
Macintosh CD-ROM Setup 5.3.2:
SimpleText</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jul 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_116902.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Localization:Verifier:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: The Verifier is an Apple internal localization verification tool. It is used to catch localization problems such as corrupted CODE resources, and mismatched resource attribute bits. It is very customized to Apple's internal needs, but it may serve as a good example on the types of things to look out for when you localize your software.
Features:
• Compares resources based on a user defined script file
• Compares file/resource flags
• Verifies vers resources
• Reports missing resources between original/localized files
Requires: MPW, any Mac w/13" minimum sized screen.
Issues: Apple internal tool. Good example on what to look out for, though you may need to customize/rewrite for your own usage.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Verifier 1.0.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 92
May 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_117013.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Developer Utilities:VersionEdit 1.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: VersionEdit is a software development tool which automatically creates and updates product version information throughout the life of a software product.
As an alternative to using ResEdit or Rez, VersionEdit can be used to create and intelligently increment 'vers' type resources that adhere to Apple's version guidelines. VersionEdit also allows developers to encapsulate additional information about the product and their company within the application, making it available for use by other utilities. See the file "About VersionEdit" for details.
Issues: This is NOT AN APPLE PRODUCT. It is provided on an AS-IS basis. Apple is not responsible for any problems you may encounter in its use.
Please direct correspondence regarding VersionEdit to:
Paul Cunningham
Teknosys, Inc.
3923 Coconut Palm Drive, Suite 111
Tampa, FL 33619
America Online: TEKNOSYS
CompuServe: 75020,3540
eWorld: TEKNOSYS
Internet: teknosys@aol.com</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>!NOT AN APPLE PRODUCT!:
About VersionEdit
For ResEdit:
Project Includes:
VersionEdit</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Nov 95
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_117430.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:QuickDraw:Virtual Sphere 1.0.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This package contains an application that demonstrates five "virtual controllers" for use in rotating three-dimensional 3D objects with the mouse, and an application to compare the controllers in an experiment.
Features: Source code for implementing the Virtual Sphere controller is provided.
Requires: Must have Color QuickDraw. Will run in System 6 or System 7. </text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>-Rotation Controllers Read Me
-Rotation Ctl's Read Me.txt
Related Paper:
Rotation Controllers demo 1.0.1:
Virtual Sphere Sample Code 1.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Mar 93
Jun 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_117584.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Virtual User:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>NOTE: This release of Virtual User contains the latest VU Automation Essentials.
Virtual User is the primary tool used by Apple Computer to perform integration, compatibility, and user-perceived performance testing. Virtual User 3.0 is compatible with System 6.0.5 through Mac OS 8.5.1.
Virtual User 3.0 has support for the new Appearance Manager controls added in Mac OS 8.0 through 8.5.
Includes: Virtual User (FAT application, Sys 8.5 compatible); Agent VU (enabling system extension); documents; examples.
Host machines: Mac IIfx or later, 16 MB memory or greater. System 7.0 or later (System 7.5 or later preferred).
Target machines: Mac SE or later, 4 MB memory or greater. System 6.5 or later (System 7.0 or later preferred). VU External Tools require System 7.0 or later.
Virtual User is a host-target based testing system. At least 2 machines (1 host, many targets) are necessary to perform any testing with Virtual User, and all machines must be connected via an AppleTalk network (TCP/IP is not supported).
VU External Tool communications require targets with System 7.0 or later.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Hardware:Display & Video Hardware:VRAM & bit-depth explained:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This is a graphical representation of the maximum number of colors (bit-depth) that can be achieved (by monitor) under certain video memory/video card configurations.
Requires: Can be opened by any application which will read PICT files, but looks best when opened with Canvas 3.0.3.
Issues: Details only released products
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>VRAM & bit-depth explnd
VRAM… Read Me, please</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jun 92
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_118318.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:Virtual User tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: vuCollect 1.1 is a tool to work with Virtual User to aid the gathering of information that Virtual User can see from the application under test. This version has been updated to work with Virtual User 2.0
Features: Format the output of Virtual User's matching statements in a way that the user can copy/paste when developing scripts.
MPW 3.2.3, Virtual User 2.0
Keywords: VU, Virtual User</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Virtual User tools.img</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>May 93
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_119075.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Hardware:AV Tools:VUMeters:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This application displays VU (Volume Unit) Meters, much like are found on tape decks. The purpose is to monitor the sound input and output channels to insure that the proper sound level is present.
Features: This application can display the levels (both peak reading and a more conventional power reading) of the sound at both the input and output of the Quadra AV computers. Users can select whether they want to measure levels in terms of the analog voltages at the connectors (conventional way) or referenced to the peak level of the AV A/D and D/A systems. Every effort was made to conform to the standard for VUMeter dynamics.
This package is useful as a debugging aid when working with sound. It is also useful as a complete example of how to develop code for the Apple Real Time Architecture (ARTA) DSP system on the new Quadra AV systems
Requires: Quadra AV or other system with ARTA DSP (AT&T DSP 3210) system installed
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Text:WASTE 1.3a6:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>WASTE is a text editing library for Macintosh programmers.
Designed to be a viable replacement for TextEdit, WASTE offers several enhancements, the major one being the ability to handle text files larger than 32K.
Like TextEdit, WASTE handles multi-styled text and relies on the services offered by the Script Manager for drawing, measuring and hit-testing the text and for finding word and line breaks. The built-in support for inline input makes WASTE fully WorldScript II-compliant (on the other hand, bidirectional scripts, like Arabic, are not supported).
Replacement for TextEdit that breaks the 32k limit on text.
Requires: System 7.1 required.
Issues: 3rd Party Product
Keywords: WASTE, TextEdit Replacement,More than 32k of text</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Change History
Demo:
Extras:
Quick Intro
WASTE 1.3a6:
WASTE C/C++ Headers:
WASTE Demo (CFM fat)
WASTE Demo (classic 68K)
WASTE Documentation
WASTE Pascal Interfaces:
WASTELib</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Dec 95
Feb 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_119756.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Interactive Media Resources:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>WebObjects Categories and Posers by Theresa Ray of Tensor Information Systems
Categories and posers are powerful mechanisms for extending and/or replacing the behavior of classes for which you cannot update the source. These techniques are essential tools that every WebObjects programmer should understand.
Requires: Acrobat Reader 3.0
Keywords: WebObjects, Categories, Posers</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Advanced Web Site Technique.pdf
Avoid Audio Pitfalls Guide.pdf
CompbasedMediaBroadcastEnv:
Creating MIDI for the Web3.pdf
DeBabelizer 3.0.pdf
Design For Reuse.pdf
Digital Asset Management.pdf
Digital Storyboard.pdf
DVD Development.pdf
DVD_Primer.pdf
Enhanced CD Survival Guide.pdf
EOModeler:
Frameworks.pdf
Gender-Based Title Creation.pdf
Int_Media_Writer_Resources.pdf
Java Survival Guide.pdf
Making Cool QD3D Apps.pdf
Music on the Net.pdf
New Audio Features QT3.pdf
Push Tech Survival Gd.pdf
QT3-More Than Dig. Video.pdf
Simplified Stream Audio.pdf
Web Animation Guide.pdf
WebObjects Database Part I.pdf
WebObjects Database Part II.pdf
WebObjects Memory Mgmt.pdf
WebObjects Tools and Techniques:
WebObjectsCategories&Posers.pdf
WebObjectsPerformanceTuning:
Working with WebObjects.pdf
Writing for Interactive Media:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 98
Apr 99
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_120372.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Oct 99 SDK1:Interactive Media Resources:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This survival guide is part 2 in a series regarding WebObjects Connecting to a Database. Relationships are a very convenient, very powerful mechanism for traversing related tables in the database without constructing a separate qualifier and fetchSpecification each time. The use of referential integrity rules ensures that the data stored in the database does not become "dirty" or corrupted as records are added and deleted to the database. Additional validation and reformatting of data before it is saved to the database by a single set of classes also helps keep the data "pure". A developer need not worry about all the validation rules if a new form is to be added to the application -if the framework used by the application is set up to perform the validation and formatting instead of the application itself.
Requires: Acrobat Reader 3.0
Keywords: traversing related tables, referential integrity rules, validation and reformatting, database</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Advanced Web Site Technique.pdf
Avoid Audio Pitfalls Guide.pdf
CompbasedMediaBroadcastEnv:
Creating MIDI for the Web3.pdf
DeBabelizer 3.0.pdf
Design For Reuse.pdf
Digital Asset Management.pdf
Digital Storyboard.pdf
DVD Development.pdf
DVD_Primer.pdf
Enhanced CD Survival Guide.pdf
EOModeler:
Frameworks.pdf
Gender-Based Title Creation.pdf
Int_Media_Writer_Resources.pdf
Java Survival Guide.pdf
Making Cool QD3D Apps.pdf
Music on the Net.pdf
New Audio Features QT3.pdf
Push Tech Survival Gd.pdf
QT3-More Than Dig. Video.pdf
Simplified Stream Audio.pdf
Web Animation Guide.pdf
WebObjects Database Part I.pdf
WebObjects Database Part II.pdf
WebObjects Memory Mgmt.pdf
WebObjects Tools and Techniques:
WebObjectsCategories&Posers.pdf
WebObjectsPerformanceTuning:
Working with WebObjects.pdf
Writing for Interactive Media:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jul 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_120722.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Dec 99 RL Disk 1:Interactive Media Resources:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>WebObjects Memory Management by Theresa Ray of Tensor Information Systems
One of the most difficult tasks facing WebObjects and OPENSTEP programmers is correctly implementing memory management techniques in their applications. This guide, sponsored by Apple Computer, Inc. Apple Developer Relations Group for the Apple Media Program, is designed to cover the issues relating to memory management, and to explain the correct procedure for implementing memory management techniques.
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Interactive Media Resources:WebObjectsPerformanceTuning:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Performance Tuning
By Theresa Ray of Tensor Information Systems, Inc.
Performance tuning your WebObjects application is a critical step on the road to successful deployment of a web site. Optimization of a web site is always productive, only costs a moderate amount of development time, and results in a solid, scalable system. By properly coding, testing and administrating your application, your web site can be a great success!
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:What's New?:Sample Code:Overview:Win2MacCounterSamples:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Sample code to accompany Chapter 12 of “An Introduction to Macintosh Programming for Windows Programmers”.
This sample contains a series of six C++ sample programs used to illustrate how to write a simple Macintosh application. The samples use the Metrowerks PowerPlant applications framework, which ships as part of the CodeWarrior Integrated Development environment. (PowerPlant ships with a wide range of useful sample programs. We’ll describe many of those in more detail below.) These samples illustrate many common applications features, including:
<text>Summary: Word Services allows any application to link to a speller, grammar checker or other text service as if it is a built-in menu item. It is a public protocol - no license fee or non-disclosure is required to use it.
Features: The SDK includes the complete protocol specification, tutorial documents, and the source code to Writeswell Jr., a simple Word Services word processor. Also available from the Word Services Web page <http://www.wordservices.org/Developers/> is the source to WSI NewsWatcher, a version of NewsWatcher that allows you to spellcheck your posts.
HyperCard supports Word Services, so you can spellcheck stacks as you develop them, and allow your users to spellcheck text that they enter themselves. A simple XCMD is needed to initiate the spellchecking session, which is provided by the Web page.
The updated SDK includes bug fixes to Writeswell Jr.'s scrolling, plus the Spellswell Plus 2.1 Demo.
A list of client (word processor) and server (spelling and grammar checker) applications is available at: http://www.wordservices.org/
Keywords: Apple Events Spell Grammar Writeswell Spellswell Working
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Spellswell Plus 2.1 DEMO:
Word Services Specification
Writeswell Jr 1.2.3 Sources Δí:
Writeswell JR Code Notes
Writeswell Jr.
Writeswell Jr. Instructions</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Apr 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_121603.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Aug 97 TC:Language Kits:WorldScript Updater 1.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This installer will install files needed by WorldScript‚Ñ¢ technology for users running Mac‚Ñ¢ OS 7.5 and above. Users of the Japanese and Chinese Language Kits or applications which depend on WorldScript technology should install these pieces as they improve the stability and performance of your system. QuickDraw‚Ñ¢ GX and Power Macintosh users should upgrade to these pieces as they provide important improvements over previous versions. The files in this WorldScript updater are taken from the Arabic Language Kit 1.0.1, Hebrew Language Kit 1.0.1 and the Cyrillic Language Kit 1.0. You do not need this if you are running one of these kits and do not simultaneously have Japanese or Chinese installed.
See the document "WorldScript‚Ñ¢ Updater Read Me" for details.
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>009-4303 (WS‚Ñ¢ Updater)
WorldScript Updater 1.1 Install:
WorldScript‚Ñ¢ Updater Read Me</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Feb 96
Oct 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_121950.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Jun 97 SSW:System Software:Worldwide System Extensions:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: This folder contains U.S. and worldwide runtime versions of Open Transport 1.1.2, QuickDraw 3D 1.5 & 1.5.1, QuickDraw GX 1.1.5, and QuickTime 2.5.
• Open Transport •
English, U.S. 1.1.2 Images
French 1.1.2 Images
German 1.1.2 Images
Kanji 1.1.2 Images
• QuickDraw 3D •
Catalan 1.5.1 Images
Danish 1.5.1 Images
Dutch 1.5.1 Images
English, British 1.5 Images
English, U.S. 1.5.1 Images
French Universal 1.5 Images
German 1.5.1 Images
Kanji 1.5.1 Images
Spanish 1.5.1 Images
Swedish 1.5.1 Images
Turkish 1.5 Images
• QuickDraw GX •
Chinese, Simplified 1.1.5 Image
Chinese, Trad'l 1.1.5 Images
English, Int'l 1.1.5 Images
English, U.S. 1.1.5 Images
French 1.1.5 Images
German 1.1.5 Images
Kanji 1.1.5 Images
Swedish 2-1.1.5 Images
• QuickTime •
Bulgarian 2.5 Images
Catalan 2.5 Images
Czech 2.5 Images
Danish 2.5 Images
Dutch 2.5 Images
English, British 2.5 Images
English, U.S. 2.5 Images
Finnish 2.5 Images
French, Universal 2.5 Images
German 2.5 Images
Italian 2.5 Images
Kanji 2.5 Images
Korean 2.5 Images
Norwegian 2.5 Images
Romanian 2.5 Images
Spanish 2.5 Images
Swedish 2.5 Images
Turkish 2.5 Images
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Open Transport 1.1.2:
QuickDraw 3D 1.5:
QuickDraw GX 1.1.5:
QuickTime 2.5:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Jan 96
Jun 97
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>1</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_122357.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Jul 98 SSW/SDK:System Software:Worldwide System Software:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>This folder contains Worldwide updates of Mac OS 8.1 that were available as this edition of the Developer CD went to press.
• To create floppy disks from the disk images or create net install folders on your desktop, use the "Disk Copy" application in the Utilities folder.
Requires a Mac OS–based computer with a 68040 or PowerPC processor (excludes 68030-based systems with 68040 processor upgrade card). At least 12MB of physical RAM with Virtual Memory set to at least 20MB
Keywords: OS 8, 8.1, Update, Image</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>B-British:
BR-BrazilianPortuguese:
C-French Canadian:
CH-Simplified Chinese:
D-German:
DK-Danish:
Dutch:
E-Spanish:
F-French:
H-Norwegian:
Japanese:
K-Finnish:
KH-HangulKorean:
N-Dutch:
PO-Portuguese:
S-Swedish:
T-Italian:
TA-TradChinese:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Apr 93
Jul 98
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_122849.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Summary: This is the developer's kit for the XTND file translation system. It includes the XTND engine itself as well as sample source code showing how to write XTND translators and how to add XTND support to an application
Features: By supporting XTND, an application can import and export text in a variety of standard formats.
Requires: Any Mac running System 6.0.7 or later
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>Application Examples:
Claris Translators:
Claris XTND System
Documentation:
PowerMac Stuff:
Template for FTYP
Translator Examples:
XTND 1.3.6 - Read Me First
XTND Headers:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol X
Nov 94
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_123322.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Networking:MacTCP:ZapTCP 1.2.1:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: ZapTCP provides a safety net for MacTCP developers. It automatically cleans up TCP streams that are left dangling when your application quits unexpectedly. This prevents a lot of restarting during MacTCP development.
Version 1.2.1 renders the extension benign under Open Transport.
Requires: Any system with MacTCP or Open Transport installed.
Keywords: MacTCP development Open Transport ZapTCP</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>6</id>
<text>About ZapTCP
ZapTCP</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>73</id>
<text>Vol IX
Sep 96
</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>75</id>
<text>Unchanged since last CD</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>83</id>
<text>0</text>
</content>
<name></name>
<script></script>
</card>
card_124061.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE card PUBLIC "-//Apple, Inc.//DTD card V 2.0//EN" "" >
<text>Dev.CD Nov 99 TC:Tool Chest:Testing & Debugging:General tools:</text>
</content>
<content>
<layer>background</layer>
<id>7</id>
<text>Summary: PortList is an extension that helps find when an application does not create or dispose of GrafPorts and CGrafPorts properly.
PortList drops into macsbug with the message "Port already in PortList." if you are calling open port on the same pointer twice. This message could also appear if the port was not properly disposed and you just happened to get the same pointer again. PortList also drops into macsbug with the message "Port not found in PortList." if you call ClosePort with a pointer that was never passed to InitPort or OpenPort.
The init is really small, has little overhead, should not affect the performance of your machine. Please use it peridically for testing and debugging purposes. You'll make the Mac a nicer place to work.